4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
7 ** May you do good and not evil.
8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction.
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 ** following are true:
52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 ** number consists of a single page change.
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file.
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
73 ** (6) If a super-journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 ** are synced prior to the super-journal being deleted.
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 ** database to flush their caches.
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 ** than one billion transactions.
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 ** of every transaction.
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 ** the database file.
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 ** content out of the database file.
110 ******************************************************************************/
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace
=1; /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd))
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
139 ** OPEN <------+------+
142 ** +---------> READER-------+ |
145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal]
164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal]
165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction]
168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error]
169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written.
178 ** * No read or write transaction is active.
179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 ** open. The database size is known in this state.
189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below).
197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 ** may not be trusted at this point.
202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
224 ** * A write transaction is active.
225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 ** lock is held on the database file.
227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
242 ** * A write transaction is active.
243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 ** just the log file).
255 ** * A write transaction is active.
256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 ** and synced to disk.
259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
273 ** * A write transaction is active.
274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 ** to rollback the transaction.
282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 ** instead of READER following such an error.
299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback performed)
305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback().
314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 ** of the first four states.
344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state().
352 #define PAGER_READER 1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
410 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
411 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
412 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
413 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
415 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
419 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
420 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
421 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
422 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
424 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
425 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
426 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
427 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
428 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
429 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
431 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint
;
432 struct PagerSavepoint
{
433 i64 iOffset
; /* Starting offset in main journal */
434 i64 iHdrOffset
; /* See above */
435 Bitvec
*pInSavepoint
; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
436 Pgno nOrig
; /* Original number of pages in file */
437 Pgno iSubRec
; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
438 int bTruncateOnRelease
; /* If stmt journal may be truncated on RELEASE */
439 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
440 u32 aWalData
[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA
]; /* WAL savepoint context */
445 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below.
447 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */
448 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
449 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
452 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
453 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
457 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
458 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state.
462 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
463 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
465 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
466 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
467 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
468 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
469 ** need (and no reason to release them).
471 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
472 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
477 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
478 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
479 ** not updated more often than necessary.
481 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
482 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
483 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
484 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
485 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
486 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
488 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
489 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
494 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
495 ** (or may not) specify a super-journal name to be written into the
496 ** journal file before it is synced to disk.
498 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a super-journal pointer affects
499 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
500 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
501 ** If a journal file does not contain a super-journal pointer, it is
502 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
503 ** it does contain a super-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
504 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
505 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
507 ** Journal files that contain super-journal pointers cannot be finalized
508 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
509 ** super-journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
510 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
512 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
513 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
514 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setSuper flag
515 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
519 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by
520 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
521 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory).
523 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
524 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
525 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
526 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
527 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
528 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF
529 ** case is a user preference.
531 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
532 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
533 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
534 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
535 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
539 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
540 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
541 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
543 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
544 ** write-transaction is opened.
546 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
548 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
549 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
552 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
553 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
554 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
555 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
556 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
557 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
558 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
561 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
562 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
563 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
564 ** dbSize is updated.
566 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
567 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
568 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
569 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
572 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
573 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
574 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
575 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk.
577 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
578 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
579 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
580 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
581 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
582 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
583 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
584 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
585 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
586 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
590 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
591 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
593 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
594 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
595 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
596 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
597 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
602 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
603 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
604 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
607 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
609 ** syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03).
610 ** syncFlags is used for rollback mode. walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode
611 ** and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the
612 ** lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL
613 ** file in bits 0x04 and 0x08. In other words, to get the correct sync flags
614 ** for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct
615 ** sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03). Note
616 ** that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced
617 ** meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero.
620 sqlite3_vfs
*pVfs
; /* OS functions to use for IO */
621 u8 exclusiveMode
; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
622 u8 journalMode
; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
623 u8 useJournal
; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
624 u8 noSync
; /* Do not sync the journal if true */
625 u8 fullSync
; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
626 u8 extraSync
; /* sync directory after journal delete */
627 u8 syncFlags
; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
628 u8 walSyncFlags
; /* See description above */
629 u8 tempFile
; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
630 u8 noLock
; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
631 u8 readOnly
; /* True for a read-only database */
632 u8 memDb
; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
633 u8 memVfs
; /* VFS-implemented memory database */
635 /**************************************************************************
636 ** The following block contains those class members that change during
637 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed
638 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
639 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
640 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe
641 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
642 ** "configuration" of the pager.
644 u8 eState
; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
645 u8 eLock
; /* Current lock held on database file */
646 u8 changeCountDone
; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
647 u8 setSuper
; /* Super-jrnl name is written into jrnl */
648 u8 doNotSpill
; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
649 u8 subjInMemory
; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
650 u8 bUseFetch
; /* True to use xFetch() */
651 u8 hasHeldSharedLock
; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
652 Pgno dbSize
; /* Number of pages in the database */
653 Pgno dbOrigSize
; /* dbSize before the current transaction */
654 Pgno dbFileSize
; /* Number of pages in the database file */
655 Pgno dbHintSize
; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
656 int errCode
; /* One of several kinds of errors */
657 int nRec
; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
658 u32 cksumInit
; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
659 u32 nSubRec
; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
660 Bitvec
*pInJournal
; /* One bit for each page in the database file */
661 sqlite3_file
*fd
; /* File descriptor for database */
662 sqlite3_file
*jfd
; /* File descriptor for main journal */
663 sqlite3_file
*sjfd
; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
664 i64 journalOff
; /* Current write offset in the journal file */
665 i64 journalHdr
; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
666 sqlite3_backup
*pBackup
; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
667 PagerSavepoint
*aSavepoint
; /* Array of active savepoints */
668 int nSavepoint
; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
669 u32 iDataVersion
; /* Changes whenever database content changes */
670 char dbFileVers
[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */
672 int nMmapOut
; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
673 sqlite3_int64 szMmap
; /* Desired maximum mmap size */
674 PgHdr
*pMmapFreelist
; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
676 ** End of the routinely-changing class members
677 ***************************************************************************/
679 u16 nExtra
; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
680 i16 nReserve
; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
681 u32 vfsFlags
; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
682 u32 sectorSize
; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
683 Pgno mxPgno
; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
684 Pgno lckPgno
; /* Page number for the locking page */
685 i64 pageSize
; /* Number of bytes in a page */
686 i64 journalSizeLimit
; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
687 char *zFilename
; /* Name of the database file */
688 char *zJournal
; /* Name of the journal file */
689 int (*xBusyHandler
)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
690 void *pBusyHandlerArg
; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
691 u32 aStat
[4]; /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */
693 int nRead
; /* Database pages read */
695 void (*xReiniter
)(DbPage
*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
696 int (*xGet
)(Pager
*,Pgno
,DbPage
**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
697 char *pTmpSpace
; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
698 PCache
*pPCache
; /* Pointer to page cache object */
699 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
700 Wal
*pWal
; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
701 char *zWal
; /* File name for write-ahead log */
706 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
707 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
708 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
710 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0
711 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1
712 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
713 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3
716 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
717 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in
718 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe.
721 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count
= 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */
722 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count
= 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */
723 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count
= 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */
724 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++
726 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
732 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data
733 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check.
735 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
736 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being
737 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
738 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made
739 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional
740 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
741 ** journal and ignore it.
743 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
744 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both
745 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
746 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
747 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important,
748 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
749 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the
750 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
751 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which
752 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
754 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic
[] = {
755 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
759 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
760 ** the following macro.
762 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
765 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
766 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
768 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
771 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
772 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
773 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
774 ** out code that would never execute.
776 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
779 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
783 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
784 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
786 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
787 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
789 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
793 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
794 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
796 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
798 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
802 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
804 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
806 #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
808 ** Return true if page pgno can be read directly from the database file
809 ** by the b-tree layer. This is the case if:
811 ** * the database file is open,
812 ** * there are no dirty pages in the cache, and
813 ** * the desired page is not currently in the wal file.
815 int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno pgno
){
816 if( pPager
->fd
->pMethods
==0 ) return 0;
817 if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager
->pPCache
) ) return 0;
818 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
821 (void)sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager
->pWal
, pgno
, &iRead
);
829 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
830 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
832 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
833 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
834 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
835 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
836 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
843 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
845 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
846 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
848 static int assert_pager_state(Pager
*p
){
851 /* State must be valid. */
852 assert( p
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
853 || p
->eState
==PAGER_READER
854 || p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
855 || p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
856 || p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
857 || p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
858 || p
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
861 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
862 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
863 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
865 assert( p
->tempFile
==0 || p
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
866 assert( p
->tempFile
==0 || pPager
->changeCountDone
);
868 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
869 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
871 assert( p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
|| p
->useJournal
);
872 assert( p
->journalMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
|| !isOpen(p
->jfd
) );
874 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
875 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
876 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
877 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
878 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
879 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
883 assert( !isOpen(p
->fd
) );
885 assert( p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
886 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
888 assert( p
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
&& p
->eState
!=PAGER_OPEN
);
889 assert( pagerUseWal(p
)==0 );
892 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
895 assert( pPager
->changeCountDone
==0 || pPager
->eLock
>=RESERVED_LOCK
);
896 assert( p
->eLock
!=PENDING_LOCK
);
901 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
902 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)==0 || pPager
->tempFile
);
906 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
907 assert( p
->eLock
!=UNKNOWN_LOCK
);
908 assert( p
->eLock
>=SHARED_LOCK
);
911 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
:
912 assert( p
->eLock
!=UNKNOWN_LOCK
);
913 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
914 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
915 assert( p
->eLock
>=RESERVED_LOCK
);
917 assert( pPager
->dbSize
==pPager
->dbOrigSize
);
918 assert( pPager
->dbOrigSize
==pPager
->dbFileSize
);
919 assert( pPager
->dbOrigSize
==pPager
->dbHintSize
);
920 assert( pPager
->setSuper
==0 );
923 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
:
924 assert( p
->eLock
!=UNKNOWN_LOCK
);
925 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
926 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
927 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
928 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
929 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
930 ** to journal_mode=wal.
932 assert( p
->eLock
>=RESERVED_LOCK
);
933 assert( isOpen(p
->jfd
)
934 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
935 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
938 assert( pPager
->dbOrigSize
==pPager
->dbFileSize
);
939 assert( pPager
->dbOrigSize
==pPager
->dbHintSize
);
942 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
:
943 assert( p
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
944 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
945 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
946 assert( p
->eLock
>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
947 assert( isOpen(p
->jfd
)
948 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
949 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
950 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p
->fd
)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC
)
952 assert( pPager
->dbOrigSize
<=pPager
->dbHintSize
);
955 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
:
956 assert( p
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
957 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
958 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
959 assert( isOpen(p
->jfd
)
960 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
961 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
962 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p
->fd
)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC
)
967 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
968 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
969 ** back to OPEN state.
971 assert( pPager
->errCode
!=SQLITE_OK
);
972 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)>0 || pPager
->tempFile
);
978 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
982 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
983 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
984 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
985 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
987 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
989 ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings
990 ** about an unused function. It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does
991 ** not appear in normal builds.
993 char *print_pager_state(Pager
*p
){
994 static char zRet
[1024];
996 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet
,
998 "State: %s errCode=%d\n"
1000 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n"
1001 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n"
1002 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1003 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1004 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1006 , p
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
? "OPEN" :
1007 p
->eState
==PAGER_READER
? "READER" :
1008 p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1009 p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1010 p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1011 p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1012 p
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1014 , p
->eLock
==NO_LOCK
? "NO_LOCK" :
1015 p
->eLock
==RESERVED_LOCK
? "RESERVED" :
1016 p
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1017 p
->eLock
==SHARED_LOCK
? "SHARED" :
1018 p
->eLock
==UNKNOWN_LOCK
? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1019 , p
->exclusiveMode
? "exclusive" : "normal"
1020 , p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
? "memory" :
1021 p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
? "off" :
1022 p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
? "delete" :
1023 p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
? "persist" :
1024 p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
? "truncate" :
1025 p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
? "wal" : "?error?"
1026 , (int)p
->tempFile
, (int)p
->memDb
, (int)p
->useJournal
1027 , p
->journalOff
, p
->journalHdr
1028 , (int)p
->dbSize
, (int)p
->dbOrigSize
, (int)p
->dbFileSize
1035 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1036 static int getPageNormal(Pager
*,Pgno
,DbPage
**,int);
1037 static int getPageError(Pager
*,Pgno
,DbPage
**,int);
1038 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1039 static int getPageMMap(Pager
*,Pgno
,DbPage
**,int);
1043 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1044 ** content from the pager.
1046 static void setGetterMethod(Pager
*pPager
){
1047 if( pPager
->errCode
){
1048 pPager
->xGet
= getPageError
;
1049 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1050 }else if( USEFETCH(pPager
) ){
1051 pPager
->xGet
= getPageMMap
;
1052 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1054 pPager
->xGet
= getPageNormal
;
1059 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1060 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1061 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1063 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1064 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1065 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1067 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr
*pPg
){
1068 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
1070 Pgno pgno
= pPg
->pgno
;
1072 for(i
=0; i
<pPager
->nSavepoint
; i
++){
1073 p
= &pPager
->aSavepoint
[i
];
1074 if( p
->nOrig
>=pgno
&& 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p
->pInSavepoint
, pgno
) ){
1075 for(i
=i
+1; i
<pPager
->nSavepoint
; i
++){
1076 pPager
->aSavepoint
[i
].bTruncateOnRelease
= 0;
1086 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1088 static int pageInJournal(Pager
*pPager
, PgHdr
*pPg
){
1089 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager
->pInJournal
, pPg
->pgno
);
1094 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer
1095 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1096 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1098 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1100 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file
*fd
, i64 offset
, u32
*pRes
){
1101 unsigned char ac
[4];
1102 int rc
= sqlite3OsRead(fd
, ac
, sizeof(ac
), offset
);
1103 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
1104 *pRes
= sqlite3Get4byte(ac
);
1110 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1112 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1116 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK
1117 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1119 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file
*fd
, i64 offset
, u32 val
){
1122 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd
, ac
, 4, offset
);
1126 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1127 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1128 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1130 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1131 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1132 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1134 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager
*pPager
, int eLock
){
1137 assert( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
|| pPager
->eLock
==eLock
);
1138 assert( eLock
==NO_LOCK
|| eLock
==SHARED_LOCK
);
1139 assert( eLock
!=NO_LOCK
|| pagerUseWal(pPager
)==0 );
1140 if( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) ){
1141 assert( pPager
->eLock
>=eLock
);
1142 rc
= pPager
->noLock
? SQLITE_OK
: sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager
->fd
, eLock
);
1143 if( pPager
->eLock
!=UNKNOWN_LOCK
){
1144 pPager
->eLock
= (u8
)eLock
;
1146 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager
, eLock
))
1148 pPager
->changeCountDone
= pPager
->tempFile
; /* ticket fb3b3024ea238d5c */
1153 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1154 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1155 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1157 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1158 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1159 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1162 static int pagerLockDb(Pager
*pPager
, int eLock
){
1165 assert( eLock
==SHARED_LOCK
|| eLock
==RESERVED_LOCK
|| eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
1166 if( pPager
->eLock
<eLock
|| pPager
->eLock
==UNKNOWN_LOCK
){
1167 rc
= pPager
->noLock
? SQLITE_OK
: sqlite3OsLock(pPager
->fd
, eLock
);
1168 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& (pPager
->eLock
!=UNKNOWN_LOCK
||eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
) ){
1169 pPager
->eLock
= (u8
)eLock
;
1170 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager
, eLock
))
1177 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
1178 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
1179 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
1181 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1182 ** a database page may be written atomically, and
1183 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1184 ** to the page size.
1186 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
1187 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1189 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
1190 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
1191 ** returned in this case.
1193 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
1195 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager
*pPager
){
1198 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
1199 || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
1200 int dc
; /* Device characteristics */
1202 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) );
1203 dc
= sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
);
1205 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager
);
1208 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
1209 if( pPager
->dbSize
>0 && (dc
&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC
) ){
1214 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1216 int nSector
= pPager
->sectorSize
;
1217 int szPage
= pPager
->pageSize
;
1219 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512
==(512>>8));
1220 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K
==(65536>>8));
1221 if( 0==(dc
&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC
|(szPage
>>8)) || nSector
>szPage
) ){
1226 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager
);
1233 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1234 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing
1235 ** and debugging only.
1237 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1239 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1241 static u32
pager_datahash(int nByte
, unsigned char *pData
){
1244 for(i
=0; i
<nByte
; i
++){
1245 hash
= (hash
*1039) + pData
[i
];
1249 static u32
pager_pagehash(PgHdr
*pPage
){
1250 return pager_datahash(pPage
->pPager
->pageSize
, (unsigned char *)pPage
->pData
);
1252 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr
*pPage
){
1253 pPage
->pageHash
= pager_pagehash(pPage
);
1257 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1258 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1259 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1261 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1262 static void checkPage(PgHdr
*pPg
){
1263 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
1264 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
);
1265 assert( (pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_DIRTY
) || pPg
->pageHash
==pager_pagehash(pPg
) );
1269 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0
1270 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0
1271 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1272 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1273 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1276 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1277 ** This function attempts to read a super-journal file name from the
1278 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1279 ** by the caller. See comments above writeSuperJournal() for the format
1280 ** used to store a super-journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1282 ** zSuper must point to a buffer of at least nSuper bytes allocated by
1283 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1284 ** enough space to write the super-journal name). If the super-journal
1285 ** name in the journal is longer than nSuper bytes (including a
1286 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no super-journal name
1287 ** were present in the journal.
1289 ** If a super-journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1290 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zSuper. A
1291 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the
1292 ** super-journal file name.
1294 ** If it is determined that no super-journal file name is present
1295 ** zSuper[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1297 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1298 ** error code is returned.
1300 static int readSuperJournal(sqlite3_file
*pJrnl
, char *zSuper
, u32 nSuper
){
1301 int rc
; /* Return code */
1302 u32 len
; /* Length in bytes of super-journal name */
1303 i64 szJ
; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1304 u32 cksum
; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1305 u32 u
; /* Unsigned loop counter */
1306 unsigned char aMagic
[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1309 if( SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl
, &szJ
))
1311 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pJrnl
, szJ
-16, &len
))
1315 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pJrnl
, szJ
-12, &cksum
))
1316 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl
, aMagic
, 8, szJ
-8))
1317 || memcmp(aMagic
, aJournalMagic
, 8)
1318 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl
, zSuper
, len
, szJ
-16-len
))
1323 /* See if the checksum matches the super-journal name */
1324 for(u
=0; u
<len
; u
++){
1328 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1329 ** containing the super-journal filename is corrupted. This means
1330 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1331 ** super-journal filename.
1336 zSuper
[len
+1] = '\0';
1342 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1343 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1344 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1346 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1348 ** Pager.journalOff Return value
1349 ** ---------------------------------------
1356 static i64
journalHdrOffset(Pager
*pPager
){
1358 i64 c
= pPager
->journalOff
;
1360 offset
= ((c
-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
);
1362 assert( offset
%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
)==0 );
1363 assert( offset
>=c
);
1364 assert( (offset
-c
)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) );
1369 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1371 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1372 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1374 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1375 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1376 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1377 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1378 ** after writing or truncating it.
1380 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1381 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1382 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1383 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1384 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1386 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1387 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1389 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager
*pPager
, int doTruncate
){
1390 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
1391 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
1392 assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->jfd
) );
1393 if( pPager
->journalOff
){
1394 const i64 iLimit
= pPager
->journalSizeLimit
; /* Local cache of jsl */
1396 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager
))
1397 if( doTruncate
|| iLimit
==0 ){
1398 rc
= sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager
->jfd
, 0);
1400 static const char zeroHdr
[28] = {0};
1401 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->jfd
, zeroHdr
, sizeof(zeroHdr
), 0);
1403 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& !pPager
->noSync
){
1404 rc
= sqlite3OsSync(pPager
->jfd
, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY
|pPager
->syncFlags
);
1407 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1408 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1409 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1410 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1411 ** to sync the file following this operation.
1413 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& iLimit
>0 ){
1415 rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->jfd
, &sz
);
1416 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& sz
>iLimit
){
1417 rc
= sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager
->jfd
, iLimit
);
1425 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1426 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1427 ** current location.
1429 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1430 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1431 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1432 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1433 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1434 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1435 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1437 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1439 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager
*pPager
){
1440 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
1441 char *zHeader
= pPager
->pTmpSpace
; /* Temporary space used to build header */
1442 u32 nHeader
= (u32
)pPager
->pageSize
;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1443 u32 nWrite
; /* Bytes of header sector written */
1444 int ii
; /* Loop counter */
1446 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ); /* Journal file must be open. */
1448 if( nHeader
>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) ){
1449 nHeader
= JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
);
1452 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1453 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1454 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1456 for(ii
=0; ii
<pPager
->nSavepoint
; ii
++){
1457 if( pPager
->aSavepoint
[ii
].iHdrOffset
==0 ){
1458 pPager
->aSavepoint
[ii
].iHdrOffset
= pPager
->journalOff
;
1462 pPager
->journalHdr
= pPager
->journalOff
= journalHdrOffset(pPager
);
1465 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1466 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1467 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1468 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1469 ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1471 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1472 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1473 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1474 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1475 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1476 ** where this risk can be ignored:
1478 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1479 ** power failure in this case anyway.
1481 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1482 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1484 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pPager
->noSync
);
1485 if( pPager
->noSync
|| (pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
)
1486 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND
)
1488 memcpy(zHeader
, aJournalMagic
, sizeof(aJournalMagic
));
1489 put32bits(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)], 0xffffffff);
1491 memset(zHeader
, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+4);
1496 /* The random check-hash initializer */
1497 if( pPager
->journalMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
){
1498 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager
->cksumInit
), &pPager
->cksumInit
);
1502 /* The Pager.cksumInit variable is usually randomized above to protect
1503 ** against there being existing records in the journal file. This is
1504 ** dangerous, as following a crash they may be mistaken for records
1505 ** written by the current transaction and rolled back into the database
1506 ** file, causing corruption. The following assert statements verify
1507 ** that this is not required in "journal_mode=memory" mode, as in that
1508 ** case the journal file is always 0 bytes in size at this point.
1509 ** It is advantageous to avoid the sqlite3_randomness() call if possible
1510 ** as it takes the global PRNG mutex. */
1512 sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->jfd
, &sz
);
1514 assert( pPager
->journalOff
==journalHdrOffset(pPager
) );
1515 assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->jfd
) );
1518 put32bits(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+4], pPager
->cksumInit
);
1520 /* The initial database size */
1521 put32bits(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+8], pPager
->dbOrigSize
);
1522 /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1523 put32bits(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+12], pPager
->sectorSize
);
1526 put32bits(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+16], pPager
->pageSize
);
1528 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything
1529 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing
1530 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1531 ** take the performance hit.
1533 memset(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+20], 0,
1534 nHeader
-(sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+20));
1536 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1537 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1538 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1539 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1540 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1542 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1543 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1544 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1545 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1548 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1549 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1550 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1551 ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1553 for(nWrite
=0; rc
==SQLITE_OK
&&nWrite
<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
); nWrite
+=nHeader
){
1554 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager
, pPager
->journalHdr
, nHeader
))
1555 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->jfd
, zHeader
, nHeader
, pPager
->journalOff
);
1556 assert( pPager
->journalHdr
<= pPager
->journalOff
);
1557 pPager
->journalOff
+= nHeader
;
1564 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1565 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1566 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1567 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1568 ** a description of the journal header format.
1570 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1571 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1572 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1573 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1576 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1577 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1578 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1580 static int readJournalHdr(
1581 Pager
*pPager
, /* Pager object */
1583 i64 journalSize
, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1584 u32
*pNRec
, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1585 u32
*pDbSize
/* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1587 int rc
; /* Return code */
1588 unsigned char aMagic
[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1589 i64 iHdrOff
; /* Offset of journal header being read */
1591 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ); /* Journal file must be open. */
1593 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1594 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1595 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1597 pPager
->journalOff
= journalHdrOffset(pPager
);
1598 if( pPager
->journalOff
+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) > journalSize
){
1601 iHdrOff
= pPager
->journalOff
;
1603 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1604 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1605 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1608 if( isHot
|| iHdrOff
!=pPager
->journalHdr
){
1609 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pPager
->jfd
, aMagic
, sizeof(aMagic
), iHdrOff
);
1613 if( memcmp(aMagic
, aJournalMagic
, sizeof(aMagic
))!=0 ){
1618 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1619 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1620 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1622 if( SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+8, pNRec
))
1623 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+12, &pPager
->cksumInit
))
1624 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+16, pDbSize
))
1629 if( pPager
->journalOff
==0 ){
1630 u32 iPageSize
; /* Page-size field of journal header */
1631 u32 iSectorSize
; /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1633 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1634 if( SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+20, &iSectorSize
))
1635 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+24, &iPageSize
))
1640 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1641 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1642 ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1645 iPageSize
= pPager
->pageSize
;
1648 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1649 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1650 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1651 ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1653 if( iPageSize
<512 || iSectorSize
<32
1654 || iPageSize
>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
|| iSectorSize
>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1655 || ((iPageSize
-1)&iPageSize
)!=0 || ((iSectorSize
-1)&iSectorSize
)!=0
1657 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1658 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1659 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1660 ** the journal file here.
1665 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1666 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1667 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1669 rc
= sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager
, &iPageSize
, -1);
1670 testcase( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
1672 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1673 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1674 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1675 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1676 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1678 pPager
->sectorSize
= iSectorSize
;
1681 pPager
->journalOff
+= JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
);
1687 ** Write the supplied super-journal name into the journal file for pager
1688 ** pPager at the current location. The super-journal name must be the last
1689 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1690 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1691 ** anything is written. The format is:
1693 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_SJ_PGNO.
1694 ** + N bytes: super-journal filename in utf-8.
1695 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of super-journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1696 ** + 4 bytes: super-journal name checksum.
1697 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1699 ** The super-journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the super-journal
1700 ** name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1702 ** If zSuper is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1703 ** this call is a no-op.
1705 static int writeSuperJournal(Pager
*pPager
, const char *zSuper
){
1706 int rc
; /* Return code */
1707 int nSuper
; /* Length of string zSuper */
1708 i64 iHdrOff
; /* Offset of header in journal file */
1709 i64 jrnlSize
; /* Size of journal file on disk */
1710 u32 cksum
= 0; /* Checksum of string zSuper */
1712 assert( pPager
->setSuper
==0 );
1713 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
1716 || pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1717 || !isOpen(pPager
->jfd
)
1721 pPager
->setSuper
= 1;
1722 assert( pPager
->journalHdr
<= pPager
->journalOff
);
1724 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zSuper */
1725 for(nSuper
=0; zSuper
[nSuper
]; nSuper
++){
1726 cksum
+= zSuper
[nSuper
];
1729 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1730 ** the super-journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1731 ** the journal has already been synced.
1733 if( pPager
->fullSync
){
1734 pPager
->journalOff
= journalHdrOffset(pPager
);
1736 iHdrOff
= pPager
->journalOff
;
1738 /* Write the super-journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1739 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1741 if( (0 != (rc
= write32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
, PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager
))))
1742 || (0 != (rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->jfd
, zSuper
, nSuper
, iHdrOff
+4)))
1743 || (0 != (rc
= write32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+4+nSuper
, nSuper
)))
1744 || (0 != (rc
= write32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+4+nSuper
+4, cksum
)))
1745 || (0 != (rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->jfd
, aJournalMagic
, 8,
1746 iHdrOff
+4+nSuper
+8)))
1750 pPager
->journalOff
+= (nSuper
+20);
1752 /* If the pager is in persistent-journal mode, then the physical
1753 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the super-journal name
1754 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1755 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1756 ** will not be able to find the super-journal name to determine
1757 ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1759 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1760 ** file to the required size.
1762 if( SQLITE_OK
==(rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->jfd
, &jrnlSize
))
1763 && jrnlSize
>pPager
->journalOff
1765 rc
= sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager
->jfd
, pPager
->journalOff
);
1771 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1773 static void pager_reset(Pager
*pPager
){
1774 pPager
->iDataVersion
++;
1775 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager
->pBackup
);
1776 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager
->pPCache
);
1780 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1782 u32
sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager
*pPager
){
1783 return pPager
->iDataVersion
;
1787 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1788 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1789 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1791 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager
*pPager
){
1792 int ii
; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1793 for(ii
=0; ii
<pPager
->nSavepoint
; ii
++){
1794 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager
->aSavepoint
[ii
].pInSavepoint
);
1796 if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
|| sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->sjfd
) ){
1797 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->sjfd
);
1799 sqlite3_free(pPager
->aSavepoint
);
1800 pPager
->aSavepoint
= 0;
1801 pPager
->nSavepoint
= 0;
1802 pPager
->nSubRec
= 0;
1806 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1807 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1808 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1810 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno pgno
){
1811 int ii
; /* Loop counter */
1812 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Result code */
1814 for(ii
=0; ii
<pPager
->nSavepoint
; ii
++){
1815 PagerSavepoint
*p
= &pPager
->aSavepoint
[ii
];
1816 if( pgno
<=p
->nOrig
){
1817 rc
|= sqlite3BitvecSet(p
->pInSavepoint
, pgno
);
1818 testcase( rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
1819 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
|| rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
1826 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1827 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1830 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1831 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1832 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1833 ** closed (if it is open).
1835 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1836 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1837 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1838 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1839 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1840 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1842 static void pager_unlock(Pager
*pPager
){
1844 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
1845 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
1846 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
1849 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager
->pInJournal
);
1850 pPager
->pInJournal
= 0;
1851 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager
);
1853 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
1854 assert( !isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
1855 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager
->pWal
);
1856 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_OPEN
;
1857 }else if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
){
1858 int rc
; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1859 int iDc
= isOpen(pPager
->fd
)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
):0;
1861 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1862 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise
1863 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1864 ** out from under us.
1866 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
& 5)!=1 );
1867 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
& 5)!=1 );
1868 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
& 5)!=1 );
1869 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
& 5)!=1 );
1870 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
& 5)==1 );
1871 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
& 5)==1 );
1872 if( 0==(iDc
& SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
)
1873 || 1!=(pPager
->journalMode
& 5)
1875 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
1878 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1879 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1880 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1883 rc
= pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, NO_LOCK
);
1884 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
){
1885 pPager
->eLock
= UNKNOWN_LOCK
;
1888 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1889 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1890 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1892 assert( pPager
->errCode
|| pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
);
1893 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_OPEN
;
1896 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1897 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1898 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1899 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1901 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
|| !MEMDB
);
1902 if( pPager
->errCode
){
1903 if( pPager
->tempFile
==0 ){
1904 pager_reset(pPager
);
1905 pPager
->changeCountDone
= 0;
1906 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_OPEN
;
1908 pPager
->eState
= (isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ? PAGER_OPEN
: PAGER_READER
);
1910 if( USEFETCH(pPager
) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager
->fd
, 0, 0);
1911 pPager
->errCode
= SQLITE_OK
;
1912 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
1915 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
1916 pPager
->journalHdr
= 0;
1917 pPager
->setSuper
= 0;
1921 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1922 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may have occurred.
1923 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1924 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1925 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1927 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1928 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1929 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1930 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1932 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1933 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1934 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1935 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1936 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1937 ** it were a hot-journal).
1939 static int pager_error(Pager
*pPager
, int rc
){
1940 int rc2
= rc
& 0xff;
1941 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
|| !MEMDB
);
1943 pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_FULL
||
1944 pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
||
1945 (pPager
->errCode
& 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1947 if( rc2
==SQLITE_FULL
|| rc2
==SQLITE_IOERR
){
1948 pPager
->errCode
= rc
;
1949 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_ERROR
;
1950 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
1955 static int pager_truncate(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno nPage
);
1958 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1959 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1961 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1965 ** * For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk. This is necessary
1966 ** for transactions to be durable.
1968 ** * Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1969 ** file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1970 ** when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1973 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager
*pPager
, int bCommit
){
1974 if( pPager
->tempFile
==0 ) return 1;
1975 if( !bCommit
) return 0;
1976 if( !isOpen(pPager
->fd
) ) return 0;
1977 return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager
->pPCache
)>=25);
1981 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1982 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1983 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1984 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1985 ** database transaction.
1987 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1988 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1989 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1991 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1993 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1994 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1995 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1996 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1997 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1998 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
2000 ** journalMode==MEMORY
2001 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
2002 ** in-memory journal.
2004 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE
2005 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
2007 ** journalMode==PERSIST
2008 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
2009 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
2010 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
2012 ** journalMode==DELETE
2013 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
2015 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
2016 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
2017 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
2018 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
2020 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
2021 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
2022 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
2024 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
2025 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
2026 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
2027 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
2028 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
2029 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
2030 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
2033 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager
*pPager
, int hasSuper
, int bCommit
){
2034 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
2035 int rc2
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
2037 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
2038 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
2039 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
2040 ** held under two circumstances:
2042 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2043 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2045 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2046 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2047 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2048 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2050 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
2051 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
);
2052 if( pPager
->eState
<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
&& pPager
->eLock
<RESERVED_LOCK
){
2056 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager
);
2057 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) || pPager
->pInJournal
==0
2058 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC
)
2060 if( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ){
2061 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
2063 /* Finalize the journal file. */
2064 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->jfd
) ){
2065 /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2066 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
2067 }else if( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
){
2068 if( pPager
->journalOff
==0 ){
2071 rc
= sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager
->jfd
, 0);
2072 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->fullSync
){
2073 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2074 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2075 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See
2076 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2078 rc
= sqlite3OsSync(pPager
->jfd
, pPager
->syncFlags
);
2081 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
2082 }else if( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2083 || (pPager
->exclusiveMode
&& pPager
->journalMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
)
2085 rc
= zeroJournalHdr(pPager
, hasSuper
||pPager
->tempFile
);
2086 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
2088 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2089 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2090 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2091 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2093 int bDelete
= !pPager
->tempFile
;
2094 assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->jfd
)==0 );
2095 assert( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2096 || pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2097 || pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2099 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
2101 rc
= sqlite3OsDelete(pPager
->pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, pPager
->extraSync
);
2106 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2107 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager
->pPCache
, pager_set_pagehash
);
2108 if( pPager
->dbSize
==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)>0 ){
2109 PgHdr
*p
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, 1);
2112 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p
);
2117 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager
->pInJournal
);
2118 pPager
->pInJournal
= 0;
2120 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
2121 if( MEMDB
|| pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager
, bCommit
) ){
2122 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager
->pPCache
);
2124 sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager
->pPCache
);
2126 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager
->pPCache
, pPager
->dbSize
);
2129 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
2130 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2131 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2132 ** lock held on the database file.
2134 rc2
= sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager
->pWal
);
2135 assert( rc2
==SQLITE_OK
);
2136 }else if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& bCommit
&& pPager
->dbFileSize
>pPager
->dbSize
){
2137 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2138 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2139 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2140 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2141 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2142 ** required size. */
2143 assert( pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
2144 rc
= pager_truncate(pPager
, pPager
->dbSize
);
2147 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& bCommit
){
2148 rc
= sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO
, 0);
2149 if( rc
==SQLITE_NOTFOUND
) rc
= SQLITE_OK
;
2152 if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
2153 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager
) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager
->pWal
, 0))
2155 rc2
= pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
2157 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_READER
;
2158 pPager
->setSuper
= 0;
2160 return (rc
==SQLITE_OK
?rc2
:rc
);
2163 /* Forward reference */
2164 static int pager_playback(Pager
*pPager
, int isHot
);
2167 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2170 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2171 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2172 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2173 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2174 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2175 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2176 ** will roll it back.
2178 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2179 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2180 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2181 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2183 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager
*pPager
){
2184 if( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
&& pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_OPEN
){
2185 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
2186 if( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
){
2187 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2188 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager
);
2189 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2190 }else if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
){
2191 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
);
2192 pager_end_transaction(pPager
, 0, 0);
2194 }else if( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
2195 && pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2196 && isOpen(pPager
->jfd
)
2198 /* Special case for a ROLLBACK due to I/O error with an in-memory
2199 ** journal: We have to rollback immediately, before the journal is
2200 ** closed, because once it is closed, all content is forgotten. */
2201 int errCode
= pPager
->errCode
;
2202 u8 eLock
= pPager
->eLock
;
2203 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_OPEN
;
2204 pPager
->errCode
= SQLITE_OK
;
2205 pPager
->eLock
= EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
;
2206 pager_playback(pPager
, 1);
2207 pPager
->errCode
= errCode
;
2208 pPager
->eLock
= eLock
;
2210 pager_unlock(pPager
);
2214 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2215 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based on the contents of the
2216 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2218 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2219 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2220 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2221 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2223 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2224 ** incompatible journal file format.
2226 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2227 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2228 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2229 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2230 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2232 static u32
pager_cksum(Pager
*pPager
, const u8
*aData
){
2233 u32 cksum
= pPager
->cksumInit
; /* Checksum value to return */
2234 int i
= pPager
->pageSize
-200; /* Loop counter */
2243 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2244 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2245 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2246 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2248 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2251 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2252 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2253 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2255 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2256 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2257 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2258 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2259 ** prior to returning.
2261 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2262 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2263 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2264 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2265 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2266 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2267 ** two circumstances:
2269 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_SJ_PGNO), or
2270 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2271 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2273 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2275 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2276 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2277 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2279 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2280 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager being played back */
2281 i64
*pOffset
, /* Offset of record to playback */
2282 Bitvec
*pDone
, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2283 int isMainJrnl
, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2284 int isSavepnt
/* True for a savepoint rollback */
2287 PgHdr
*pPg
; /* An existing page in the cache */
2288 Pgno pgno
; /* The page number of a page in journal */
2289 u32 cksum
; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2290 char *aData
; /* Temporary storage for the page */
2291 sqlite3_file
*jfd
; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2292 int isSynced
; /* True if journal page is synced */
2294 assert( (isMainJrnl
&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2295 assert( (isSavepnt
&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2296 assert( isMainJrnl
|| pDone
); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2297 assert( isSavepnt
|| pDone
==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2299 aData
= pPager
->pTmpSpace
;
2300 assert( aData
); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2301 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager
)==0 || (!isMainJrnl
&& isSavepnt
) );
2303 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2304 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2305 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2306 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2307 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2309 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2310 || (pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
&& pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
)
2312 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
|| isMainJrnl
);
2314 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2315 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2317 jfd
= isMainJrnl
? pPager
->jfd
: pPager
->sjfd
;
2318 rc
= read32bits(jfd
, *pOffset
, &pgno
);
2319 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
2320 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(jfd
, (u8
*)aData
, pPager
->pageSize
, (*pOffset
)+4);
2321 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
2322 *pOffset
+= pPager
->pageSize
+ 4 + isMainJrnl
*4;
2324 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally
2325 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2326 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to
2327 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2329 if( pgno
==0 || pgno
==PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager
) ){
2330 assert( !isSavepnt
);
2333 if( pgno
>(Pgno
)pPager
->dbSize
|| sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone
, pgno
) ){
2337 rc
= read32bits(jfd
, (*pOffset
)-4, &cksum
);
2339 if( !isSavepnt
&& pager_cksum(pPager
, (u8
*)aData
)!=cksum
){
2344 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2345 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2347 if( pDone
&& (rc
= sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone
, pgno
))!=SQLITE_OK
){
2351 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2353 if( pgno
==1 && pPager
->nReserve
!=((u8
*)aData
)[20] ){
2354 pPager
->nReserve
= ((u8
*)aData
)[20];
2357 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2358 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2359 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2361 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2362 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2363 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2364 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2365 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2368 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2369 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2370 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2371 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2372 ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2374 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is
2375 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2376 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2377 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a
2378 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2379 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2380 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2381 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2382 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be
2383 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2384 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2385 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2386 ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2388 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2389 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2390 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2392 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
2395 pPg
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, pgno
);
2397 assert( pPg
|| !MEMDB
);
2398 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_OPEN
|| pPg
==0 || pPager
->tempFile
);
2399 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2400 PAGERID(pPager
), pgno
, pager_datahash(pPager
->pageSize
, (u8
*)aData
),
2401 (isMainJrnl
?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2404 isSynced
= pPager
->noSync
|| (*pOffset
<= pPager
->journalHdr
);
2406 isSynced
= (pPg
==0 || 0==(pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
));
2408 if( isOpen(pPager
->fd
)
2409 && (pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
)
2412 i64 ofst
= (pgno
-1)*(i64
)pPager
->pageSize
;
2413 testcase( !isSavepnt
&& pPg
!=0 && (pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)!=0 );
2414 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
2416 /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2417 ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2418 ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2419 ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2420 ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2422 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->fd
, (u8
*)aData
, pPager
->pageSize
, ofst
);
2424 if( pgno
>pPager
->dbFileSize
){
2425 pPager
->dbFileSize
= pgno
;
2427 if( pPager
->pBackup
){
2428 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager
->pBackup
, pgno
, (u8
*)aData
);
2430 }else if( !isMainJrnl
&& pPg
==0 ){
2431 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2432 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2433 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2434 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2437 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2438 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2439 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2440 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2442 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2443 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2444 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2445 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2447 assert( isSavepnt
);
2448 assert( (pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK
)==0 );
2449 pPager
->doNotSpill
|= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK
;
2450 rc
= sqlite3PagerGet(pPager
, pgno
, &pPg
, 1);
2451 assert( (pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK
)!=0 );
2452 pPager
->doNotSpill
&= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK
;
2453 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
2454 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg
);
2457 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2458 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2459 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2460 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2461 ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2465 memcpy(pData
, (u8
*)aData
, pPager
->pageSize
);
2466 pPager
->xReiniter(pPg
);
2467 /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here. But
2468 ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2469 ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2470 ** has been removed. */
2471 pager_set_pagehash(pPg
);
2473 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2474 ** Do this before any decoding. */
2476 memcpy(&pPager
->dbFileVers
, &((u8
*)pData
)[24],sizeof(pPager
->dbFileVers
));
2478 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg
);
2484 ** Parameter zSuper is the name of a super-journal file. A single journal
2485 ** file that referred to the super-journal file has just been rolled back.
2486 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the super-journal file,
2487 ** and does so if it is.
2489 ** Argument zSuper may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2490 ** available for use within this function.
2492 ** When a super-journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2493 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2494 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2495 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a super-journal
2496 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2498 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2500 ** A super-journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2501 ** journals have been rolled back.
2503 ** This function reads the contents of the super-journal file into
2504 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2505 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2507 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so
2508 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to super-journal
2511 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2512 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2513 ** no such child journal can be found, file zSuper is deleted from
2514 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2516 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2517 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2518 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2519 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2521 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2522 ** the entire contents of the super-journal file. This could be
2523 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2526 static int pager_delsuper(Pager
*pPager
, const char *zSuper
){
2527 sqlite3_vfs
*pVfs
= pPager
->pVfs
;
2528 int rc
; /* Return code */
2529 sqlite3_file
*pSuper
; /* Malloc'd super-journal file descriptor */
2530 sqlite3_file
*pJournal
; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2531 char *zSuperJournal
= 0; /* Contents of super-journal file */
2532 i64 nSuperJournal
; /* Size of super-journal file */
2533 char *zJournal
; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2534 char *zSuperPtr
; /* Space to hold super-journal filename */
2535 char *zFree
= 0; /* Free this buffer */
2536 int nSuperPtr
; /* Amount of space allocated to zSuperPtr[] */
2538 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pSuper file descriptors.
2539 ** If successful, open the super-journal file for reading.
2541 pSuper
= (sqlite3_file
*)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs
->szOsFile
* 2);
2543 rc
= SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
2546 const int flags
= (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL
);
2547 rc
= sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs
, zSuper
, pSuper
, flags
, 0);
2548 pJournal
= (sqlite3_file
*)(((u8
*)pSuper
) + pVfs
->szOsFile
);
2550 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto delsuper_out
;
2552 /* Load the entire super-journal file into space obtained from
2553 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zSuperJournal. Also obtain
2554 ** sufficient space (in zSuperPtr) to hold the names of super-journal
2555 ** files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2557 rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pSuper
, &nSuperJournal
);
2558 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto delsuper_out
;
2559 nSuperPtr
= pVfs
->mxPathname
+1;
2560 zFree
= sqlite3Malloc(4 + nSuperJournal
+ nSuperPtr
+ 2);
2562 rc
= SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
2565 zFree
[0] = zFree
[1] = zFree
[2] = zFree
[3] = 0;
2566 zSuperJournal
= &zFree
[4];
2567 zSuperPtr
= &zSuperJournal
[nSuperJournal
+2];
2568 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pSuper
, zSuperJournal
, (int)nSuperJournal
, 0);
2569 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto delsuper_out
;
2570 zSuperJournal
[nSuperJournal
] = 0;
2571 zSuperJournal
[nSuperJournal
+1] = 0;
2573 zJournal
= zSuperJournal
;
2574 while( (zJournal
-zSuperJournal
)<nSuperJournal
){
2576 rc
= sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs
, zJournal
, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
, &exists
);
2577 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
2581 /* One of the journals pointed to by the super-journal exists.
2582 ** Open it and check if it points at the super-journal. If
2583 ** so, return without deleting the super-journal file.
2584 ** NB: zJournal is really a MAIN_JOURNAL. But call it a
2585 ** SUPER_JOURNAL here so that the VFS will not send the zJournal
2586 ** name into sqlite3_database_file_object().
2589 int flags
= (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL
);
2590 rc
= sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs
, zJournal
, pJournal
, flags
, 0);
2591 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
2595 rc
= readSuperJournal(pJournal
, zSuperPtr
, nSuperPtr
);
2596 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal
);
2597 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
2601 c
= zSuperPtr
[0]!=0 && strcmp(zSuperPtr
, zSuper
)==0;
2603 /* We have a match. Do not delete the super-journal file. */
2607 zJournal
+= (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal
)+1);
2610 sqlite3OsClose(pSuper
);
2611 rc
= sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs
, zSuper
, 0);
2614 sqlite3_free(zFree
);
2616 sqlite3OsClose(pSuper
);
2617 assert( !isOpen(pJournal
) );
2618 sqlite3_free(pSuper
);
2625 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2626 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2627 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2629 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2630 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2631 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2632 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2633 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2635 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2636 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2637 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2638 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2639 ** the end of the new file instead.
2641 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2642 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2644 static int pager_truncate(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno nPage
){
2646 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
);
2647 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_READER
);
2648 PAGERTRACE(("Truncate %d npage %u\n", PAGERID(pPager
), nPage
));
2651 if( isOpen(pPager
->fd
)
2652 && (pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
)
2654 i64 currentSize
, newSize
;
2655 int szPage
= pPager
->pageSize
;
2656 assert( pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
2657 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2658 rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->fd
, ¤tSize
);
2659 newSize
= szPage
*(i64
)nPage
;
2660 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& currentSize
!=newSize
){
2661 if( currentSize
>newSize
){
2662 rc
= sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager
->fd
, newSize
);
2663 }else if( (currentSize
+szPage
)<=newSize
){
2664 char *pTmp
= pPager
->pTmpSpace
;
2665 memset(pTmp
, 0, szPage
);
2666 testcase( (newSize
-szPage
) == currentSize
);
2667 testcase( (newSize
-szPage
) > currentSize
);
2668 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT
, &newSize
);
2669 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->fd
, pTmp
, szPage
, newSize
-szPage
);
2671 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
2672 pPager
->dbFileSize
= nPage
;
2680 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2681 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2683 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file
*pFile
){
2684 int iRet
= sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile
);
2687 }else if( iRet
>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
){
2688 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
>=512 );
2689 iRet
= MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
;
2695 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2696 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2697 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2698 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2699 ** super-journal pointers within created journal files.
2701 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2703 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2704 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2705 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2706 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2708 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2709 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of
2710 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2711 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2712 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2713 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2714 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2715 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2717 static void setSectorSize(Pager
*pPager
){
2718 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pPager
->tempFile
);
2720 if( pPager
->tempFile
2721 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
) &
2722 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE
)!=0
2724 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2725 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2726 ** call will segfault. */
2727 pPager
->sectorSize
= 512;
2729 pPager
->sectorSize
= sqlite3SectorSize(pPager
->fd
);
2734 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2735 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2737 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2739 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2740 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2741 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2742 ** number of page records from the journal size.
2743 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2745 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2746 ** database to during a rollback.
2747 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header
2748 ** is this many bytes in size.
2749 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2750 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size.
2751 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2752 ** + 4 byte page number.
2753 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2754 ** + 4 byte checksum
2756 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2757 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2759 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of
2760 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the
2761 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power
2762 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2763 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2764 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case,
2765 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For
2766 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2768 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2769 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the
2770 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption
2771 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be
2772 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2774 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2775 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2776 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2777 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2778 ** been encountered.
2780 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2781 ** and an error code is returned.
2783 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2784 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is
2785 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2786 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2787 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2790 static int pager_playback(Pager
*pPager
, int isHot
){
2791 sqlite3_vfs
*pVfs
= pPager
->pVfs
;
2792 i64 szJ
; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2793 u32 nRec
; /* Number of Records in the journal */
2794 u32 u
; /* Unsigned loop counter */
2795 Pgno mxPg
= 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */
2796 int rc
; /* Result code of a subroutine */
2797 int res
= 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2798 char *zSuper
= 0; /* Name of super-journal file if any */
2799 int needPagerReset
; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2800 int nPlayback
= 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2801 u32 savedPageSize
= pPager
->pageSize
;
2803 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if
2804 ** the journal is empty.
2806 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
2807 rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->jfd
, &szJ
);
2808 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
2812 /* Read the super-journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2813 ** If a super-journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2814 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2817 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2818 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2819 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2820 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2823 zSuper
= pPager
->pTmpSpace
;
2824 rc
= readSuperJournal(pPager
->jfd
, zSuper
, pPager
->pVfs
->mxPathname
+1);
2825 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& zSuper
[0] ){
2826 rc
= sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs
, zSuper
, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
, &res
);
2829 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| !res
){
2832 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
2833 needPagerReset
= isHot
;
2835 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2836 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2840 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are
2841 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2842 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2843 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2845 rc
= readJournalHdr(pPager
, isHot
, szJ
, &nRec
, &mxPg
);
2846 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
2847 if( rc
==SQLITE_DONE
){
2853 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2854 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2855 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2856 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2858 if( nRec
==0xffffffff ){
2859 assert( pPager
->journalOff
==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) );
2860 nRec
= (int)((szJ
- JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager
));
2863 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2864 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2865 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2866 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2867 ** size of the file.
2869 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2870 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2871 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But
2872 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2873 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2874 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2875 ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2877 if( nRec
==0 && !isHot
&&
2878 pPager
->journalHdr
+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
)==pPager
->journalOff
){
2879 nRec
= (int)((szJ
- pPager
->journalOff
) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager
));
2882 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2883 ** database file back to its original size.
2885 if( pPager
->journalOff
==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) ){
2886 rc
= pager_truncate(pPager
, mxPg
);
2887 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
2890 pPager
->dbSize
= mxPg
;
2891 if( pPager
->mxPgno
<mxPg
){
2892 pPager
->mxPgno
= mxPg
;
2896 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2897 ** database file and/or page cache.
2899 for(u
=0; u
<nRec
; u
++){
2900 if( needPagerReset
){
2901 pager_reset(pPager
);
2904 rc
= pager_playback_one_page(pPager
,&pPager
->journalOff
,0,1,0);
2905 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
2908 if( rc
==SQLITE_DONE
){
2909 pPager
->journalOff
= szJ
;
2911 }else if( rc
==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ
){
2912 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2913 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2914 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that
2915 ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2916 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2920 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2921 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2922 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next
2923 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2934 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
2935 rc
= sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager
, &savedPageSize
, -1);
2937 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2938 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2939 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2940 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2943 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager
->fd
,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED
,0);
2946 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2947 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2948 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2949 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2950 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2951 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2952 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2953 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2955 pPager
->changeCountDone
= pPager
->tempFile
;
2957 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
2958 /* Leave 4 bytes of space before the super-journal filename in memory.
2959 ** This is because it may end up being passed to sqlite3OsOpen(), in
2960 ** which case it requires 4 0x00 bytes in memory immediately before
2962 zSuper
= &pPager
->pTmpSpace
[4];
2963 rc
= readSuperJournal(pPager
->jfd
, zSuper
, pPager
->pVfs
->mxPathname
+1);
2964 testcase( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
2967 && (pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
)
2969 rc
= sqlite3PagerSync(pPager
, 0);
2971 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
2972 rc
= pager_end_transaction(pPager
, zSuper
[0]!='\0', 0);
2973 testcase( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
2975 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& zSuper
[0] && res
){
2976 /* If there was a super-journal and this routine will return success,
2977 ** see if it is possible to delete the super-journal.
2979 assert( zSuper
==&pPager
->pTmpSpace
[4] );
2980 memset(pPager
->pTmpSpace
, 0, 4);
2981 rc
= pager_delsuper(pPager
, zSuper
);
2982 testcase( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
2984 if( isHot
&& nPlayback
){
2985 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK
, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2986 nPlayback
, pPager
->zJournal
);
2989 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2990 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2991 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2993 setSectorSize(pPager
);
2999 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
3000 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
3001 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
3002 ** file before this function is called.
3004 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
3005 ** the value read from the database file.
3007 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
3008 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3010 static int readDbPage(PgHdr
*pPg
){
3011 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
3012 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
3014 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3015 u32 iFrame
= 0; /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */
3017 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_READER
&& !MEMDB
);
3018 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) );
3020 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
3021 rc
= sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager
->pWal
, pPg
->pgno
, &iFrame
);
3025 rc
= sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager
->pWal
, iFrame
,pPager
->pageSize
,pPg
->pData
);
3029 i64 iOffset
= (pPg
->pgno
-1)*(i64
)pPager
->pageSize
;
3030 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pPager
->fd
, pPg
->pData
, pPager
->pageSize
, iOffset
);
3031 if( rc
==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ
){
3038 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
3039 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy
3040 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be
3041 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
3042 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling
3043 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
3045 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes
3046 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of
3047 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
3048 ** we should still be ok.
3050 memset(pPager
->dbFileVers
, 0xff, sizeof(pPager
->dbFileVers
));
3052 u8
*dbFileVers
= &((u8
*)pPg
->pData
)[24];
3053 memcpy(&pPager
->dbFileVers
, dbFileVers
, sizeof(pPager
->dbFileVers
));
3056 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count
);
3057 PAGER_INCR(pPager
->nRead
);
3058 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager
, pPg
->pgno
));
3059 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3060 PAGERID(pPager
), pPg
->pgno
, pager_pagehash(pPg
)));
3066 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3067 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3069 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3070 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3071 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3073 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr
*pPg
){
3075 if( NEVER(pPg
==0) ) return;
3077 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3078 change_counter
= sqlite3Get4byte((u8
*)pPg
->pPager
->dbFileVers
)+1;
3079 put32bits(((char*)pPg
->pData
)+24, change_counter
);
3081 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3082 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3084 put32bits(((char*)pPg
->pData
)+92, change_counter
);
3085 put32bits(((char*)pPg
->pData
)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
);
3088 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3090 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3091 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3092 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3093 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3095 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3096 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3097 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3098 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3099 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3101 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx
, Pgno iPg
){
3103 Pager
*pPager
= (Pager
*)pCtx
;
3106 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
3107 pPg
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, iPg
);
3109 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg
)==1 ){
3110 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg
);
3112 rc
= readDbPage(pPg
);
3113 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3114 pPager
->xReiniter(pPg
);
3116 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg
);
3120 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3121 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3122 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3123 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3124 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3125 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3126 ** the backups must be restarted.
3128 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager
->pBackup
);
3134 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3136 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager
*pPager
){
3137 int rc
; /* Return Code */
3138 PgHdr
*pList
; /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3140 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3141 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3144 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3145 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3147 pPager
->dbSize
= pPager
->dbOrigSize
;
3148 rc
= sqlite3WalUndo(pPager
->pWal
, pagerUndoCallback
, (void *)pPager
);
3149 pList
= sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager
->pPCache
);
3150 while( pList
&& rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3151 PgHdr
*pNext
= pList
->pDirty
;
3152 rc
= pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager
, pList
->pgno
);
3160 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3161 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3162 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3165 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3166 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3168 static int pagerWalFrames(
3169 Pager
*pPager
, /* Pager object */
3170 PgHdr
*pList
, /* List of frames to log */
3171 Pgno nTruncate
, /* Database size after this commit */
3172 int isCommit
/* True if this is a commit */
3174 int rc
; /* Return code */
3175 int nList
; /* Number of pages in pList */
3176 PgHdr
*p
; /* For looping over pages */
3178 assert( pPager
->pWal
);
3181 /* Verify that the page list is in ascending order */
3182 for(p
=pList
; p
&& p
->pDirty
; p
=p
->pDirty
){
3183 assert( p
->pgno
< p
->pDirty
->pgno
);
3187 assert( pList
->pDirty
==0 || isCommit
);
3189 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3190 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3191 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3193 PgHdr
**ppNext
= &pList
;
3195 for(p
=pList
; (*ppNext
= p
)!=0; p
=p
->pDirty
){
3196 if( p
->pgno
<=nTruncate
){
3197 ppNext
= &p
->pDirty
;
3205 pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_WRITE
] += nList
;
3207 if( pList
->pgno
==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList
);
3208 rc
= sqlite3WalFrames(pPager
->pWal
,
3209 pPager
->pageSize
, pList
, nTruncate
, isCommit
, pPager
->walSyncFlags
3211 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->pBackup
){
3212 for(p
=pList
; p
; p
=p
->pDirty
){
3213 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager
->pBackup
, p
->pgno
, (u8
*)p
->pData
);
3217 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3218 pList
= sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager
->pPCache
);
3219 for(p
=pList
; p
; p
=p
->pDirty
){
3220 pager_set_pagehash(p
);
3228 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3230 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3231 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3232 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3233 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3235 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager
*pPager
){
3236 int rc
; /* Return code */
3237 int changed
= 0; /* True if cache must be reset */
3239 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
3240 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
);
3242 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3243 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we
3244 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3245 ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3247 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager
->pWal
);
3249 rc
= sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager
->pWal
, &changed
);
3250 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| changed
){
3251 pager_reset(pPager
);
3252 if( USEFETCH(pPager
) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager
->fd
, 0, 0);
3260 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3261 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3262 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3264 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3265 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3266 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3268 static int pagerPagecount(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno
*pnPage
){
3269 Pgno nPage
; /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3271 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3272 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3273 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3274 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3275 ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3277 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
);
3278 assert( pPager
->eLock
>=SHARED_LOCK
);
3279 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) );
3280 assert( pPager
->tempFile
==0 );
3281 nPage
= sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager
->pWal
);
3283 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3284 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3285 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an
3286 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3288 if( nPage
==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager
->fd
)) ){
3289 i64 n
= 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */
3290 int rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->fd
, &n
);
3291 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
3294 nPage
= (Pgno
)((n
+pPager
->pageSize
-1) / pPager
->pageSize
);
3297 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3298 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3299 ** that the file can be read.
3301 if( nPage
>pPager
->mxPgno
){
3302 pPager
->mxPgno
= (Pgno
)nPage
;
3309 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3311 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3312 ** exists if the database is not empty, or verify that the *-wal file does
3313 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3315 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3316 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3317 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3318 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3320 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3322 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3323 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3324 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3325 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3326 ** other connection.
3328 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager
*pPager
){
3330 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
);
3331 assert( pPager
->eLock
>=SHARED_LOCK
);
3333 if( !pPager
->tempFile
){
3334 int isWal
; /* True if WAL file exists */
3335 rc
= sqlite3OsAccess(
3336 pPager
->pVfs
, pPager
->zWal
, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
, &isWal
3338 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3340 Pgno nPage
; /* Size of the database file */
3342 rc
= pagerPagecount(pPager
, &nPage
);
3345 rc
= sqlite3OsDelete(pPager
->pVfs
, pPager
->zWal
, 0);
3347 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager
->pPCache
)==0 );
3348 rc
= sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager
, 0);
3350 }else if( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
){
3351 pPager
->journalMode
= PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
;
3360 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3361 ** the entire super-journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3362 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3365 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3366 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3367 ** performed in the order specified:
3369 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3370 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3371 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3372 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3374 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3375 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following
3376 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3378 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3379 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3380 ** the journal file.
3382 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3383 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3384 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3385 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3387 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3388 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3390 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3391 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3392 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3393 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3395 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager
*pPager
, PagerSavepoint
*pSavepoint
){
3396 i64 szJ
; /* Effective size of the main journal */
3397 i64 iHdrOff
; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3398 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
3399 Bitvec
*pDone
= 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3401 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
);
3402 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
3404 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3406 pDone
= sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint
->nOrig
);
3408 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
3412 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3413 ** being reverted was opened.
3415 pPager
->dbSize
= pSavepoint
? pSavepoint
->nOrig
: pPager
->dbOrigSize
;
3416 pPager
->changeCountDone
= pPager
->tempFile
;
3418 if( !pSavepoint
&& pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
3419 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager
);
3422 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3423 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in
3424 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything
3425 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3427 szJ
= pPager
->journalOff
;
3428 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager
)==0 || szJ
==0 );
3430 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3431 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3432 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3433 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3434 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they
3437 if( pSavepoint
&& !pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
3438 iHdrOff
= pSavepoint
->iHdrOffset
? pSavepoint
->iHdrOffset
: szJ
;
3439 pPager
->journalOff
= pSavepoint
->iOffset
;
3440 while( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->journalOff
<iHdrOff
){
3441 rc
= pager_playback_one_page(pPager
, &pPager
->journalOff
, pDone
, 1, 1);
3443 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_DONE
);
3445 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
3448 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3449 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3450 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3451 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3453 while( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->journalOff
<szJ
){
3454 u32 ii
; /* Loop counter */
3455 u32 nJRec
= 0; /* Number of Journal Records */
3457 rc
= readJournalHdr(pPager
, 0, szJ
, &nJRec
, &dummy
);
3458 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_DONE
);
3461 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3462 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the
3463 ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3466 && pPager
->journalHdr
+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
)==pPager
->journalOff
3468 nJRec
= (u32
)((szJ
- pPager
->journalOff
)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager
));
3470 for(ii
=0; rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& ii
<nJRec
&& pPager
->journalOff
<szJ
; ii
++){
3471 rc
= pager_playback_one_page(pPager
, &pPager
->journalOff
, pDone
, 1, 1);
3473 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_DONE
);
3475 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| pPager
->journalOff
>=szJ
);
3477 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were
3478 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3479 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3482 u32 ii
; /* Loop counter */
3483 i64 offset
= (i64
)pSavepoint
->iSubRec
*(4+pPager
->pageSize
);
3485 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
3486 rc
= sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager
->pWal
, pSavepoint
->aWalData
);
3488 for(ii
=pSavepoint
->iSubRec
; rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& ii
<pPager
->nSubRec
; ii
++){
3489 assert( offset
==(i64
)ii
*(4+pPager
->pageSize
) );
3490 rc
= pager_playback_one_page(pPager
, &offset
, pDone
, 0, 1);
3492 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_DONE
);
3495 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone
);
3496 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3497 pPager
->journalOff
= szJ
;
3504 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3505 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3507 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager
*pPager
, int mxPage
){
3508 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager
->pPCache
, mxPage
);
3512 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3513 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3515 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager
*pPager
, int mxPage
){
3516 return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager
->pPCache
, mxPage
);
3520 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3522 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager
*pPager
){
3523 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3524 sqlite3_file
*fd
= pPager
->fd
;
3525 if( isOpen(fd
) && fd
->pMethods
->iVersion
>=3 ){
3527 sz
= pPager
->szMmap
;
3528 pPager
->bUseFetch
= (sz
>0);
3529 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
3530 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE
, &sz
);
3536 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3538 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager
*pPager
, sqlite3_int64 szMmap
){
3539 pPager
->szMmap
= szMmap
;
3540 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager
);
3544 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3546 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager
*pPager
){
3547 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager
->pPCache
);
3551 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3553 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3554 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3555 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3556 ** There are four levels:
3558 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default
3559 ** for temporary and transient files.
3561 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3562 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but
3563 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3564 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3565 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database
3566 ** when it is rolled back.
3568 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3569 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3570 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two
3571 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a
3572 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3573 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3574 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3576 ** EXTRA This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3577 ** that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3578 ** journal is unlinked.
3580 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues
3581 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3582 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3583 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3584 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for
3585 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL
3586 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3587 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. There is no difference between FULL
3588 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3590 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The
3591 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3592 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3593 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3594 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the
3595 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3596 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3598 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3601 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3602 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager to set safety level for */
3603 unsigned pgFlags
/* Various flags */
3605 unsigned level
= pgFlags
& PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK
;
3606 if( pPager
->tempFile
){
3608 pPager
->fullSync
= 0;
3609 pPager
->extraSync
= 0;
3611 pPager
->noSync
= level
==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF
?1:0;
3612 pPager
->fullSync
= level
>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL
?1:0;
3613 pPager
->extraSync
= level
==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA
?1:0;
3615 if( pPager
->noSync
){
3616 pPager
->syncFlags
= 0;
3617 }else if( pgFlags
& PAGER_FULLFSYNC
){
3618 pPager
->syncFlags
= SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
;
3620 pPager
->syncFlags
= SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
;
3622 pPager
->walSyncFlags
= (pPager
->syncFlags
<<2);
3623 if( pPager
->fullSync
){
3624 pPager
->walSyncFlags
|= pPager
->syncFlags
;
3626 if( (pgFlags
& PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC
) && !pPager
->noSync
){
3627 pPager
->walSyncFlags
|= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
<<2);
3629 if( pgFlags
& PAGER_CACHESPILL
){
3630 pPager
->doNotSpill
&= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF
;
3632 pPager
->doNotSpill
|= SPILLFLAG_OFF
;
3637 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3638 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for
3639 ** testing and analysis only.
3642 int sqlite3_opentemp_count
= 0;
3646 ** Open a temporary file.
3648 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3649 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3650 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3652 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3653 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3655 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3656 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3657 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3658 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3660 static int pagerOpentemp(
3661 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager object */
3662 sqlite3_file
*pFile
, /* Write the file descriptor here */
3663 int vfsFlags
/* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3665 int rc
; /* Return code */
3668 sqlite3_opentemp_count
++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3671 vfsFlags
|= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
| SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
|
3672 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
| SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
;
3673 rc
= sqlite3OsOpen(pPager
->pVfs
, 0, pFile
, vfsFlags
, 0);
3674 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| isOpen(pFile
) );
3679 ** Set the busy handler function.
3681 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3682 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3683 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3684 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3685 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3686 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3688 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler
3689 ** --------------------------------------------------------
3690 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes
3691 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No
3692 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No
3693 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes
3695 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3696 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3697 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3699 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(
3700 Pager
*pPager
, /* Pager object */
3701 int (*xBusyHandler
)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3702 void *pBusyHandlerArg
/* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3705 pPager
->xBusyHandler
= xBusyHandler
;
3706 pPager
->pBusyHandlerArg
= pBusyHandlerArg
;
3707 ap
= (void **)&pPager
->xBusyHandler
;
3708 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap
[0]))==xBusyHandler
);
3709 assert( ap
[1]==pBusyHandlerArg
);
3710 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER
, (void *)ap
);
3714 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3715 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3717 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3718 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3719 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3721 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3723 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3724 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3726 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and
3728 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3729 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3731 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3733 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3734 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3735 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3736 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3738 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3739 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3740 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3741 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3743 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager
*pPager
, u32
*pPageSize
, int nReserve
){
3746 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3747 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3748 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3750 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3751 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3752 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3753 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3756 u32 pageSize
= *pPageSize
;
3757 assert( pageSize
==0 || (pageSize
>=512 && pageSize
<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
) );
3758 if( (pPager
->memDb
==0 || pPager
->dbSize
==0)
3759 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)==0
3760 && pageSize
&& pageSize
!=(u32
)pPager
->pageSize
3762 char *pNew
= NULL
; /* New temp space */
3765 if( pPager
->eState
>PAGER_OPEN
&& isOpen(pPager
->fd
) ){
3766 rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->fd
, &nByte
);
3768 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3769 /* 8 bytes of zeroed overrun space is sufficient so that the b-tree
3770 * cell header parser will never run off the end of the allocation */
3771 pNew
= (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize
+8);
3773 rc
= SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
3775 memset(pNew
+pageSize
, 0, 8);
3779 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3780 pager_reset(pPager
);
3781 rc
= sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager
->pPCache
, pageSize
);
3783 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3784 sqlite3PageFree(pPager
->pTmpSpace
);
3785 pPager
->pTmpSpace
= pNew
;
3786 pPager
->dbSize
= (Pgno
)((nByte
+pageSize
-1)/pageSize
);
3787 pPager
->pageSize
= pageSize
;
3788 pPager
->lckPgno
= (Pgno
)(PENDING_BYTE
/pageSize
) + 1;
3790 sqlite3PageFree(pNew
);
3794 *pPageSize
= pPager
->pageSize
;
3795 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3796 if( nReserve
<0 ) nReserve
= pPager
->nReserve
;
3797 assert( nReserve
>=0 && nReserve
<1000 );
3798 pPager
->nReserve
= (i16
)nReserve
;
3799 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager
);
3805 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3806 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3807 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally
3808 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3809 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3810 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3812 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager
*pPager
){
3813 return pPager
->pTmpSpace
;
3817 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3818 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the
3819 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3821 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3823 Pgno
sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno mxPage
){
3825 pPager
->mxPgno
= mxPage
;
3827 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_OPEN
); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3828 /* assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); */
3829 /* OP_MaxPgcnt ensures that the parameter passed to this function is not
3830 ** less than the total number of valid pages in the database. But this
3831 ** may be less than Pager.dbSize, and so the assert() above is not valid */
3832 return pPager
->mxPgno
;
3836 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3837 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated
3838 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3840 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3841 ** and generate no code.
3844 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending
;
3845 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit
;
3846 static int saved_cnt
;
3847 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3848 saved_cnt
= sqlite3_io_error_pending
;
3849 sqlite3_io_error_pending
= -1;
3851 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3852 sqlite3_io_error_pending
= saved_cnt
;
3855 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3856 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3860 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3861 ** that pDest points to.
3863 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3864 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3865 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3866 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3867 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3869 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3870 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3871 ** output buffer undefined.
3873 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager
*pPager
, int N
, unsigned char *pDest
){
3875 memset(pDest
, 0, N
);
3876 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pPager
->tempFile
);
3878 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3879 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition
3882 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
3884 if( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) ){
3885 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager
, N
))
3886 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pPager
->fd
, pDest
, N
, 0);
3887 if( rc
==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ
){
3895 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3896 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3898 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3899 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3901 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager
*pPager
, int *pnPage
){
3902 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_READER
);
3903 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
);
3904 *pnPage
= (int)pPager
->dbSize
;
3909 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3910 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3911 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3913 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3914 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3915 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3916 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3918 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3919 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3920 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3922 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager
*pPager
, int locktype
){
3923 int rc
; /* Return code */
3925 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3926 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3927 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3928 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3930 assert( (pPager
->eLock
>=locktype
)
3931 || (pPager
->eLock
==NO_LOCK
&& locktype
==SHARED_LOCK
)
3932 || (pPager
->eLock
==RESERVED_LOCK
&& locktype
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
)
3936 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, locktype
);
3937 }while( rc
==SQLITE_BUSY
&& pPager
->xBusyHandler(pPager
->pBusyHandlerArg
) );
3942 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3943 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3945 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3946 ** current database image, in pages, OR
3948 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3949 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal.
3951 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3952 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3953 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3954 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3955 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3956 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3957 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3958 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3959 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3960 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3962 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3963 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr
*pPg
){
3964 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
3965 assert( pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_DIRTY
);
3966 if( pPg
->pgno
>pPager
->dbSize
){ /* if (a) is false */
3967 Pgno pgno
= pPg
->pgno
;
3969 for(i
=0; i
<pPg
->pPager
->nSavepoint
; i
++){
3970 PagerSavepoint
*p
= &pPager
->aSavepoint
[i
];
3971 assert( p
->nOrig
<pgno
|| sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p
->pInSavepoint
,pgno
) );
3975 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager
*pPager
){
3976 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager
->pPCache
, assertTruncateConstraintCb
);
3979 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3983 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3984 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3985 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3986 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3988 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3989 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3990 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3991 ** then continue writing to the database.
3993 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno nPage
){
3994 assert( pPager
->dbSize
>=nPage
|| CORRUPT_DB
);
3995 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
);
3996 pPager
->dbSize
= nPage
;
3998 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3999 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
4000 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
4001 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
4002 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
4003 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
4004 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
4005 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
4006 ** is no longer correct. */
4011 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
4012 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
4013 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
4014 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
4016 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
4017 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
4018 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
4019 ** content as this process.
4021 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
4022 ** an SQLite error code.
4024 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager
*pPager
){
4026 if( !pPager
->noSync
){
4027 rc
= sqlite3OsSync(pPager
->jfd
, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
);
4029 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4030 rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->jfd
, &pPager
->journalHdr
);
4035 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
4037 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
4038 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
4039 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
4040 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
4043 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
4044 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
4046 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
4047 Pager
*pPager
, /* Pager object */
4048 Pgno pgno
, /* Page number */
4049 void *pData
, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
4050 PgHdr
**ppPage
/* OUT: Acquired page object */
4052 PgHdr
*p
; /* Memory mapped page to return */
4054 if( pPager
->pMmapFreelist
){
4055 *ppPage
= p
= pPager
->pMmapFreelist
;
4056 pPager
->pMmapFreelist
= p
->pDirty
;
4058 assert( pPager
->nExtra
>=8 );
4059 memset(p
->pExtra
, 0, 8);
4061 *ppPage
= p
= (PgHdr
*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr
) + pPager
->nExtra
);
4063 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager
->fd
, (i64
)(pgno
-1) * pPager
->pageSize
, pData
);
4064 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
4066 p
->pExtra
= (void *)&p
[1];
4067 p
->flags
= PGHDR_MMAP
;
4072 assert( p
->pExtra
==(void *)&p
[1] );
4073 assert( p
->pPage
==0 );
4074 assert( p
->flags
==PGHDR_MMAP
);
4075 assert( p
->pPager
==pPager
);
4076 assert( p
->nRef
==1 );
4087 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4088 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4090 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr
*pPg
){
4091 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
4093 pPg
->pDirty
= pPager
->pMmapFreelist
;
4094 pPager
->pMmapFreelist
= pPg
;
4096 assert( pPager
->fd
->pMethods
->iVersion
>=3 );
4097 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager
->fd
, (i64
)(pPg
->pgno
-1)*pPager
->pageSize
, pPg
->pData
);
4101 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4103 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager
*pPager
){
4106 for(p
=pPager
->pMmapFreelist
; p
; p
=pNext
){
4112 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4113 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought
4114 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4115 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4117 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager
*pPager
){
4121 if( pPager
->tempFile
) return SQLITE_OK
;
4122 if( pPager
->dbSize
==0 ) return SQLITE_OK
;
4123 assert( pPager
->zFilename
&& pPager
->zFilename
[0] );
4124 rc
= sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED
, &bHasMoved
);
4125 if( rc
==SQLITE_NOTFOUND
){
4126 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4127 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4128 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4130 }else if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& bHasMoved
){
4131 rc
= SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED
;
4138 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files.
4140 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4141 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated
4142 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated
4143 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4144 ** result in a coredump.
4146 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4147 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4148 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4151 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager
*pPager
, sqlite3
*db
){
4152 u8
*pTmp
= (u8
*)pPager
->pTmpSpace
;
4153 assert( db
|| pagerUseWal(pPager
)==0 );
4154 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
4155 disable_simulated_io_errors();
4156 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4157 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager
);
4158 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4159 pPager
->exclusiveMode
= 0;
4160 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4163 assert( db
|| pPager
->pWal
==0 );
4164 if( db
&& 0==(db
->flags
& SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose
)
4165 && SQLITE_OK
==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager
)
4169 sqlite3WalClose(pPager
->pWal
, db
, pPager
->walSyncFlags
, pPager
->pageSize
,a
);
4173 pager_reset(pPager
);
4175 pager_unlock(pPager
);
4177 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4178 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4179 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4180 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4182 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4183 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4184 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4185 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4186 ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4188 if( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ){
4189 pager_error(pPager
, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager
));
4191 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager
);
4193 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4194 enable_simulated_io_errors();
4195 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
)));
4196 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager
))
4197 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
4198 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->fd
);
4199 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp
);
4200 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager
->pPCache
);
4201 assert( !pPager
->aSavepoint
&& !pPager
->pInJournal
);
4202 assert( !isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) && !isOpen(pPager
->sjfd
) );
4204 sqlite3_free(pPager
);
4208 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4210 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4212 Pgno
sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage
*pPg
){
4218 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4220 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage
*pPg
){
4221 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg
);
4225 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4226 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4227 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4229 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4230 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4231 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4233 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4236 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4237 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4238 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4239 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4240 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4242 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4243 ** journal file is synced.
4245 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4247 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4248 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4249 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4250 ** <update nRec field>
4252 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4255 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4256 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4257 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4259 static int syncJournal(Pager
*pPager
, int newHdr
){
4260 int rc
; /* Return code */
4262 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4263 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4265 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
4266 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
4268 rc
= sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager
);
4269 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
4271 if( !pPager
->noSync
){
4272 assert( !pPager
->tempFile
);
4273 if( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) && pPager
->journalMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
){
4274 const int iDc
= sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
);
4275 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
4277 if( 0==(iDc
&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND
) ){
4278 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4279 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4280 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4281 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4282 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4283 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4284 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4285 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4286 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4287 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4288 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4289 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4291 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4292 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4293 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4295 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4296 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4297 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4298 ** the potential journal header.
4302 u8 zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+4];
4304 memcpy(zHeader
, aJournalMagic
, sizeof(aJournalMagic
));
4305 put32bits(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)], pPager
->nRec
);
4307 iNextHdrOffset
= journalHdrOffset(pPager
);
4308 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pPager
->jfd
, aMagic
, 8, iNextHdrOffset
);
4309 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& 0==memcmp(aMagic
, aJournalMagic
, 8) ){
4310 static const u8 zerobyte
= 0;
4311 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->jfd
, &zerobyte
, 1, iNextHdrOffset
);
4313 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
&& rc
!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ
){
4317 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4318 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4319 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4320 ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4322 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4323 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4324 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4325 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4326 ** and never needs to be updated.
4328 if( pPager
->fullSync
&& 0==(iDc
&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL
) ){
4329 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
)));
4330 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager
))
4331 rc
= sqlite3OsSync(pPager
->jfd
, pPager
->syncFlags
);
4332 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
4334 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager
, pPager
->journalHdr
));
4335 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(
4336 pPager
->jfd
, zHeader
, sizeof(zHeader
), pPager
->journalHdr
4338 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
4340 if( 0==(iDc
&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL
) ){
4341 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
)));
4342 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager
))
4343 rc
= sqlite3OsSync(pPager
->jfd
, pPager
->syncFlags
|
4344 (pPager
->syncFlags
==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY
:0)
4346 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
4349 pPager
->journalHdr
= pPager
->journalOff
;
4350 if( newHdr
&& 0==(iDc
&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND
) ){
4352 rc
= writeJournalHdr(pPager
);
4353 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
4356 pPager
->journalHdr
= pPager
->journalOff
;
4360 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4361 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4364 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager
->pPCache
);
4365 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
;
4366 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
4371 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4372 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4373 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4374 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4377 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4378 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4379 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4380 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4382 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4383 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4386 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4387 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4388 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4390 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4391 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4393 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4394 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4395 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4396 ** the database file.
4398 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4399 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4400 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4402 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager
*pPager
, PgHdr
*pList
){
4403 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
4405 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4406 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
4407 assert( pPager
->tempFile
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
);
4408 assert( pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
4409 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pList
->pDirty
==0 );
4411 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4412 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4413 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4415 if( !isOpen(pPager
->fd
) ){
4416 assert( pPager
->tempFile
&& rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
4417 rc
= pagerOpentemp(pPager
, pPager
->fd
, pPager
->vfsFlags
);
4420 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4421 ** file size will be.
4423 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| isOpen(pPager
->fd
) );
4425 && pPager
->dbHintSize
<pPager
->dbSize
4426 && (pList
->pDirty
|| pList
->pgno
>pPager
->dbHintSize
)
4428 sqlite3_int64 szFile
= pPager
->pageSize
* (sqlite3_int64
)pPager
->dbSize
;
4429 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT
, &szFile
);
4430 pPager
->dbHintSize
= pPager
->dbSize
;
4433 while( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pList
){
4434 Pgno pgno
= pList
->pgno
;
4436 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4437 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4438 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4439 ** any such pages to the file.
4441 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4442 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4444 if( pgno
<=pPager
->dbSize
&& 0==(pList
->flags
&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE
) ){
4445 i64 offset
= (pgno
-1)*(i64
)pPager
->pageSize
; /* Offset to write */
4446 char *pData
; /* Data to write */
4448 assert( (pList
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)==0 );
4449 if( pList
->pgno
==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList
);
4451 pData
= pList
->pData
;
4453 /* Write out the page data. */
4454 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->fd
, pData
, pPager
->pageSize
, offset
);
4456 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4457 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4458 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4461 memcpy(&pPager
->dbFileVers
, &pData
[24], sizeof(pPager
->dbFileVers
));
4463 if( pgno
>pPager
->dbFileSize
){
4464 pPager
->dbFileSize
= pgno
;
4466 pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_WRITE
]++;
4468 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4469 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager
->pBackup
, pgno
, (u8
*)pList
->pData
);
4471 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4472 PAGERID(pPager
), pgno
, pager_pagehash(pList
)));
4473 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager
, pgno
));
4474 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count
);
4476 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
), pgno
));
4478 pager_set_pagehash(pList
);
4479 pList
= pList
->pDirty
;
4486 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4487 ** function is a no-op.
4489 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4490 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4493 static int openSubJournal(Pager
*pPager
){
4495 if( !isOpen(pPager
->sjfd
) ){
4496 const int flags
= SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL
| SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4497 | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
| SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4498 | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
;
4499 int nStmtSpill
= sqlite3Config
.nStmtSpill
;
4500 if( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
|| pPager
->subjInMemory
){
4503 rc
= sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager
->pVfs
, 0, pPager
->sjfd
, flags
, nStmtSpill
);
4509 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4511 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4512 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4514 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4515 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4516 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4519 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr
*pPg
){
4521 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
4522 if( pPager
->journalMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
){
4524 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4525 assert( pPager
->useJournal
);
4526 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) || pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
4527 assert( isOpen(pPager
->sjfd
) || pPager
->nSubRec
==0 );
4528 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager
)
4529 || pageInJournal(pPager
, pPg
)
4530 || pPg
->pgno
>pPager
->dbOrigSize
4532 rc
= openSubJournal(pPager
);
4534 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4535 ** write the journal record into the file. */
4536 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4537 void *pData
= pPg
->pData
;
4538 i64 offset
= (i64
)pPager
->nSubRec
*(4+pPager
->pageSize
);
4541 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
), pPg
->pgno
));
4542 rc
= write32bits(pPager
->sjfd
, offset
, pPg
->pgno
);
4543 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4544 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->sjfd
, pData2
, pPager
->pageSize
, offset
+4);
4548 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4550 assert( pPager
->nSavepoint
>0 );
4551 rc
= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager
, pPg
->pgno
);
4555 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr
*pPg
){
4556 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg
) ){
4557 return subjournalPage(pPg
);
4564 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4565 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4566 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4567 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4568 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4569 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4572 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4573 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4576 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4577 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4578 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4579 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4580 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4582 static int pagerStress(void *p
, PgHdr
*pPg
){
4583 Pager
*pPager
= (Pager
*)p
;
4586 assert( pPg
->pPager
==pPager
);
4587 assert( pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_DIRTY
);
4589 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4590 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs
4591 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4592 ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4594 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4595 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during
4596 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4598 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4599 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it
4600 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4601 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4602 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4603 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4605 if( NEVER(pPager
->errCode
) ) return SQLITE_OK
;
4606 testcase( pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK
);
4607 testcase( pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_OFF
);
4608 testcase( pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC
);
4609 if( pPager
->doNotSpill
4610 && ((pPager
->doNotSpill
& (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK
|SPILLFLAG_OFF
))!=0
4611 || (pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)!=0)
4616 pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_SPILL
]++;
4618 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
4619 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4620 rc
= subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg
);
4621 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4622 rc
= pagerWalFrames(pPager
, pPg
, 0, 0);
4626 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
4627 if( pPager
->tempFile
==0 ){
4628 rc
= sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager
->jfd
);
4629 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return pager_error(pPager
, rc
);
4633 /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4634 if( pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4635 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4637 rc
= syncJournal(pPager
, 1);
4640 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4641 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4642 assert( (pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)==0 );
4643 rc
= pager_write_pagelist(pPager
, pPg
);
4647 /* Mark the page as clean. */
4648 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4649 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
), pPg
->pgno
));
4650 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg
);
4653 return pager_error(pPager
, rc
);
4657 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4659 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager
*pPager
){
4660 int rc
= pPager
->errCode
;
4662 PgHdr
*pList
= sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager
->pPCache
);
4663 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
4664 while( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pList
){
4665 PgHdr
*pNext
= pList
->pDirty
;
4666 if( pList
->nRef
==0 ){
4667 rc
= pagerStress((void*)pPager
, pList
);
4677 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4678 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4679 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4681 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4682 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4683 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4684 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4685 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4686 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4688 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4689 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4690 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. When a new page is allocated, the
4691 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4692 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4694 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4695 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4696 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4698 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4699 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4701 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4702 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4703 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4704 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4705 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4706 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4708 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4709 sqlite3_vfs
*pVfs
, /* The virtual file system to use */
4710 Pager
**ppPager
, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4711 const char *zFilename
, /* Name of the database file to open */
4712 int nExtra
, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4713 int flags
, /* flags controlling this file */
4714 int vfsFlags
, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4715 void (*xReinit
)(DbPage
*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4718 Pager
*pPager
= 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4719 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
4720 int tempFile
= 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4721 int memDb
= 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4722 int memJM
= 0; /* Memory journal mode */
4723 int readOnly
= 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */
4724 int journalFileSize
; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4725 char *zPathname
= 0; /* Full path to database file */
4726 int nPathname
= 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4727 int useJournal
= (flags
& PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL
)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4728 int pcacheSize
= sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4729 u32 szPageDflt
= SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
; /* Default page size */
4730 const char *zUri
= 0; /* URI args to copy */
4731 int nUriByte
= 1; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4733 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4734 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). */
4735 journalFileSize
= ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs
));
4737 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4740 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4741 if( flags
& PAGER_MEMORY
){
4743 if( zFilename
&& zFilename
[0] ){
4744 zPathname
= sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename
);
4745 if( zPathname
==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
4746 nPathname
= sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname
);
4752 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4753 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4754 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4756 if( zFilename
&& zFilename
[0] ){
4758 nPathname
= pVfs
->mxPathname
+1;
4759 zPathname
= sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname
*2);
4761 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
4763 zPathname
[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4764 rc
= sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs
, zFilename
, nPathname
, zPathname
);
4765 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
4766 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK_SYMLINK
){
4767 if( vfsFlags
& SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW
){
4768 rc
= SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK
;
4774 nPathname
= sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname
);
4775 z
= zUri
= &zFilename
[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename
)+1];
4780 nUriByte
= (int)(&z
[1] - zUri
);
4781 assert( nUriByte
>=1 );
4782 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& nPathname
+8>pVfs
->mxPathname
){
4783 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4784 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4785 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4786 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4787 ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4789 rc
= SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT
;
4791 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
4792 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname
);
4797 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4798 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4799 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4801 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4802 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4803 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4804 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
4805 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
4806 ** Ptr back to the Pager (sizeof(Pager*) bytes)
4807 ** \0\0\0\0 database prefix (4 bytes)
4808 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes)
4809 ** URI query parameters (nUriByte bytes)
4810 ** Journal filename (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4811 ** WAL filename (nPathname+4+1 bytes)
4812 ** \0\0\0 terminator (3 bytes)
4814 ** Some 3rd-party software, over which we have no control, depends on
4815 ** the specific order of the filenames and the \0 separators between them
4816 ** so that it can (for example) find the database filename given the WAL
4817 ** filename without using the sqlite3_filename_database() API. This is a
4818 ** misuse of SQLite and a bug in the 3rd-party software, but the 3rd-party
4819 ** software is in widespread use, so we try to avoid changing the filename
4820 ** order and formatting if possible. In particular, the details of the
4821 ** filename format expected by 3rd-party software should be as follows:
4823 ** - Main Database Path
4825 ** - Multiple URI components consisting of:
4833 ** - WAL Path (zWALName)
4836 ** The sqlite3_create_filename() interface and the databaseFilename() utility
4837 ** that is used by sqlite3_filename_database() and kin also depend on the
4838 ** specific formatting and order of the various filenames, so if the format
4839 ** changes here, be sure to change it there as well.
4841 assert( SQLITE_PTRSIZE
==sizeof(Pager
*) );
4842 pPtr
= (u8
*)sqlite3MallocZero(
4843 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager
)) + /* Pager structure */
4844 ROUND8(pcacheSize
) + /* PCache object */
4845 ROUND8(pVfs
->szOsFile
) + /* The main db file */
4846 journalFileSize
* 2 + /* The two journal files */
4847 SQLITE_PTRSIZE
+ /* Space to hold a pointer */
4848 4 + /* Database prefix */
4849 nPathname
+ 1 + /* database filename */
4850 nUriByte
+ /* query parameters */
4851 nPathname
+ 8 + 1 + /* Journal filename */
4852 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4853 nPathname
+ 4 + 1 + /* WAL filename */
4857 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize
)) );
4859 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname
);
4860 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
4862 pPager
= (Pager
*)pPtr
; pPtr
+= ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager
));
4863 pPager
->pPCache
= (PCache
*)pPtr
; pPtr
+= ROUND8(pcacheSize
);
4864 pPager
->fd
= (sqlite3_file
*)pPtr
; pPtr
+= ROUND8(pVfs
->szOsFile
);
4865 pPager
->sjfd
= (sqlite3_file
*)pPtr
; pPtr
+= journalFileSize
;
4866 pPager
->jfd
= (sqlite3_file
*)pPtr
; pPtr
+= journalFileSize
;
4867 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager
->jfd
) );
4868 memcpy(pPtr
, &pPager
, SQLITE_PTRSIZE
); pPtr
+= SQLITE_PTRSIZE
;
4870 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and pPager.zQueryParam fields */
4871 pPtr
+= 4; /* Skip zero prefix */
4872 pPager
->zFilename
= (char*)pPtr
;
4874 memcpy(pPtr
, zPathname
, nPathname
); pPtr
+= nPathname
+ 1;
4876 memcpy(pPtr
, zUri
, nUriByte
); pPtr
+= nUriByte
;
4883 /* Fill in Pager.zJournal */
4885 pPager
->zJournal
= (char*)pPtr
;
4886 memcpy(pPtr
, zPathname
, nPathname
); pPtr
+= nPathname
;
4887 memcpy(pPtr
, "-journal",8); pPtr
+= 8 + 1;
4888 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
4889 sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename
,pPager
->zJournal
);
4890 pPtr
= (u8
*)(pPager
->zJournal
+ sqlite3Strlen30(pPager
->zJournal
)+1);
4893 pPager
->zJournal
= 0;
4896 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4897 /* Fill in Pager.zWal */
4899 pPager
->zWal
= (char*)pPtr
;
4900 memcpy(pPtr
, zPathname
, nPathname
); pPtr
+= nPathname
;
4901 memcpy(pPtr
, "-wal", 4); pPtr
+= 4 + 1;
4902 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
4903 sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename
, pPager
->zWal
);
4904 pPtr
= (u8
*)(pPager
->zWal
+ sqlite3Strlen30(pPager
->zWal
)+1);
4910 (void)pPtr
; /* Suppress warning about unused pPtr value */
4912 if( nPathname
) sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname
);
4913 pPager
->pVfs
= pVfs
;
4914 pPager
->vfsFlags
= vfsFlags
;
4916 /* Open the pager file.
4918 if( zFilename
&& zFilename
[0] ){
4919 int fout
= 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4920 rc
= sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs
, pPager
->zFilename
, pPager
->fd
, vfsFlags
, &fout
);
4922 pPager
->memVfs
= memJM
= (fout
&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY
)!=0;
4923 readOnly
= (fout
&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
)!=0;
4925 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4926 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4927 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4929 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4930 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4931 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4933 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4934 int iDc
= sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
);
4936 setSectorSize(pPager
);
4937 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
);
4938 if( szPageDflt
<pPager
->sectorSize
){
4939 if( pPager
->sectorSize
>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
){
4940 szPageDflt
= SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
;
4942 szPageDflt
= (u32
)pPager
->sectorSize
;
4945 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4948 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512
==(512>>8));
4949 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K
==(65536>>8));
4950 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
<=65536);
4951 for(ii
=szPageDflt
; ii
<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
; ii
=ii
*2){
4952 if( iDc
&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC
|(ii
>>8)) ){
4959 pPager
->noLock
= sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager
->zFilename
, "nolock", 0);
4960 if( (iDc
& SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE
)!=0
4961 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager
->zFilename
, "immutable", 0) ){
4962 vfsFlags
|= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
;
4963 goto act_like_temp_file
;
4967 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4968 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4969 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4971 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4972 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4973 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4975 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4979 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_READER
; /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4980 pPager
->eLock
= EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4981 pPager
->noLock
= 1; /* Do no locking */
4982 readOnly
= (vfsFlags
&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
);
4985 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4986 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4988 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4989 assert( pPager
->memDb
==0 );
4990 rc
= sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager
, &szPageDflt
, -1);
4991 testcase( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
4994 /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4995 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4996 nExtra
= ROUND8(nExtra
);
4997 assert( nExtra
>=8 && nExtra
<1000 );
4998 rc
= sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt
, nExtra
, !memDb
,
4999 !memDb
?pagerStress
:0, (void *)pPager
, pPager
->pPCache
);
5002 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file.
5004 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5005 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->fd
);
5006 sqlite3PageFree(pPager
->pTmpSpace
);
5007 sqlite3_free(pPager
);
5011 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager
->fd
), pPager
->zFilename
));
5012 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager
, pPager
->zFilename
))
5014 pPager
->useJournal
= (u8
)useJournal
;
5015 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
5016 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
5017 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
5018 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
5019 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
5020 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
5021 pPager
->mxPgno
= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT
;
5022 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
5023 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
5024 pPager
->tempFile
= (u8
)tempFile
;
5025 assert( tempFile
==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
5026 || tempFile
==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE
);
5027 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE
==1 );
5028 pPager
->exclusiveMode
= (u8
)tempFile
;
5029 pPager
->changeCountDone
= pPager
->tempFile
;
5030 pPager
->memDb
= (u8
)memDb
;
5031 pPager
->readOnly
= (u8
)readOnly
;
5032 assert( useJournal
|| pPager
->tempFile
);
5033 sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pPager
, (SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS
+1)|PAGER_CACHESPILL
);
5034 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
5035 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
5036 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
5037 pPager
->nExtra
= (u16
)nExtra
;
5038 pPager
->journalSizeLimit
= SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
;
5039 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || tempFile
);
5040 setSectorSize(pPager
);
5042 pPager
->journalMode
= PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
;
5043 }else if( memDb
|| memJM
){
5044 pPager
->journalMode
= PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
;
5046 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
5047 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
5048 pPager
->xReiniter
= xReinit
;
5049 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
5050 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
5051 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
5058 ** Return the sqlite3_file for the main database given the name
5059 ** of the corresponding WAL or Journal name as passed into
5062 sqlite3_file
*sqlite3_database_file_object(const char *zName
){
5065 while( zName
[-1]!=0 || zName
[-2]!=0 || zName
[-3]!=0 || zName
[-4]!=0 ){
5068 p
= zName
- 4 - sizeof(Pager
*);
5069 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p
) );
5070 pPager
= *(Pager
**)p
;
5076 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
5077 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
5078 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
5079 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
5080 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
5082 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and
5083 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
5084 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
5085 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
5087 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
5088 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
5089 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
5090 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
5093 ** This routine does not check if there is a super-journal filename
5094 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that super-journal file
5095 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
5096 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
5097 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
5098 ** will not roll it back.
5100 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
5101 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
5102 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
5103 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
5104 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
5106 static int hasHotJournal(Pager
*pPager
, int *pExists
){
5107 sqlite3_vfs
* const pVfs
= pPager
->pVfs
;
5108 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
5109 int exists
= 1; /* True if a journal file is present */
5110 int jrnlOpen
= !!isOpen(pPager
->jfd
);
5112 assert( pPager
->useJournal
);
5113 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) );
5114 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
);
5116 assert( jrnlOpen
==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->jfd
) &
5117 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5122 rc
= sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
, &exists
);
5124 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& exists
){
5125 int locked
= 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5127 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the
5128 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5129 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5130 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that
5131 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5132 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will
5133 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883.
5135 rc
= sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager
->fd
, &locked
);
5136 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& !locked
){
5137 Pgno nPage
; /* Number of pages in database file */
5139 assert( pPager
->tempFile
==0 );
5140 rc
= pagerPagecount(pPager
, &nPage
);
5141 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5142 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5143 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5144 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5145 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5146 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care
5147 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5148 ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5150 if( nPage
==0 && !jrnlOpen
){
5151 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5152 if( pagerLockDb(pPager
, RESERVED_LOCK
)==SQLITE_OK
){
5153 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, 0);
5154 if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
) pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
5156 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5158 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5159 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5160 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5161 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5162 ** it can be ignored.
5165 int f
= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
;
5166 rc
= sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, pPager
->jfd
, f
, &f
);
5168 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5170 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pPager
->jfd
, (void *)&first
, 1, 0);
5171 if( rc
==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ
){
5175 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
5177 *pExists
= (first
!=0);
5178 }else if( rc
==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
){
5179 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5180 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5181 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5182 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5183 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the
5184 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5185 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5186 ** worry so much with race conditions.
5200 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5201 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5202 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5203 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5205 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5207 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5208 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5209 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5210 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5211 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5212 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5213 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5214 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5216 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5217 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5218 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5219 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5222 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5223 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5224 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5226 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager
*pPager
){
5227 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
5229 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5230 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5231 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5232 ** exclusive access mode. */
5233 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)==0 );
5234 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
5235 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
);
5236 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
5238 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) && pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
){
5239 int bHotJournal
= 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5242 assert( pPager
->tempFile
==0 || pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
5244 rc
= pager_wait_on_lock(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
5245 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5246 assert( pPager
->eLock
==NO_LOCK
|| pPager
->eLock
==UNKNOWN_LOCK
);
5250 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5251 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5253 if( pPager
->eLock
<=SHARED_LOCK
){
5254 rc
= hasHotJournal(pPager
, &bHotJournal
);
5256 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5260 if( pPager
->readOnly
){
5261 rc
= SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK
;
5265 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5266 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5267 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5268 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5269 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5270 ** hot-journal back.
5272 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5273 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5274 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5275 ** on the database file.
5277 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5278 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5280 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
5281 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5285 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5286 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5287 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5288 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5289 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5290 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5292 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5293 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5294 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5295 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5296 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5298 if( !isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) && pPager
->journalMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
){
5299 sqlite3_vfs
* const pVfs
= pPager
->pVfs
;
5300 int bExists
; /* True if journal file exists */
5301 rc
= sqlite3OsAccess(
5302 pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
, &bExists
);
5303 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& bExists
){
5305 int f
= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
;
5306 assert( !pPager
->tempFile
);
5307 rc
= sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, pPager
->jfd
, f
, &fout
);
5308 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
5309 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& fout
&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
){
5310 rc
= SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT
;
5311 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
5316 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write
5317 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5318 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5319 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing
5320 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5321 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5322 ** the journal before playing it back.
5324 if( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ){
5325 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
5326 rc
= pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager
);
5327 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5328 rc
= pager_playback(pPager
, !pPager
->tempFile
);
5329 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_OPEN
;
5331 }else if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
){
5332 pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
5335 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5336 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5337 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5338 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5339 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5340 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5341 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5343 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5344 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5345 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5346 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5347 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5348 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5349 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5352 pager_error(pPager
, rc
);
5356 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
);
5357 assert( (pPager
->eLock
==SHARED_LOCK
)
5358 || (pPager
->exclusiveMode
&& pPager
->eLock
>SHARED_LOCK
)
5362 if( !pPager
->tempFile
&& pPager
->hasHeldSharedLock
){
5363 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5364 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed,
5365 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5366 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5367 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5369 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5370 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5371 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The
5372 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5373 ** a codec is in use.
5375 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5376 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5377 ** it can be neglected.
5379 char dbFileVers
[sizeof(pPager
->dbFileVers
)];
5381 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager
, sizeof(dbFileVers
)));
5382 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pPager
->fd
, &dbFileVers
, sizeof(dbFileVers
), 24);
5383 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5384 if( rc
!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ
){
5387 memset(dbFileVers
, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers
));
5390 if( memcmp(pPager
->dbFileVers
, dbFileVers
, sizeof(dbFileVers
))!=0 ){
5391 pager_reset(pPager
);
5393 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5394 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5395 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5396 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5397 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5398 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5399 if( USEFETCH(pPager
) ){
5400 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager
->fd
, 0, 0);
5405 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5406 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5408 rc
= pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager
);
5409 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5410 assert( pPager
->pWal
==0 || rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
5414 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
5415 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
5416 rc
= pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager
);
5419 if( pPager
->tempFile
==0 && pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
&& rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5420 rc
= pagerPagecount(pPager
, &pPager
->dbSize
);
5424 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5426 pager_unlock(pPager
);
5427 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
);
5429 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_READER
;
5430 pPager
->hasHeldSharedLock
= 1;
5436 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5437 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5439 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5440 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5441 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5443 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager
*pPager
){
5444 if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)==0 ){
5445 assert( pPager
->nMmapOut
==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
5446 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager
);
5451 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5452 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5453 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5455 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5456 ** on the current state of the pager.
5458 ** getPageNormal() -- The normal getter
5459 ** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state
5460 ** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5462 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5463 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5464 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5465 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5466 ** object with no outstanding references.
5468 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5469 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5470 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5471 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5473 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5474 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5475 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5476 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5477 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5479 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5480 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5482 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5484 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5485 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5486 ** from the savepoint journal.
5488 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5489 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5490 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5491 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5492 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5493 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5494 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5496 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases,
5497 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5499 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5500 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already
5501 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5502 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5503 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5504 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5505 ** or journal files.
5507 static int getPageNormal(
5508 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager open on the database file */
5509 Pgno pgno
, /* Page number to fetch */
5510 DbPage
**ppPage
, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5511 int flags
/* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5515 u8 noContent
; /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5516 sqlite3_pcache_page
*pBase
;
5518 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
5519 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_READER
);
5520 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
5521 assert( pPager
->hasHeldSharedLock
==1 );
5523 if( pgno
==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT
;
5524 pBase
= sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager
->pPCache
, pgno
, 3);
5527 rc
= sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager
->pPCache
, pgno
, &pBase
);
5528 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto pager_acquire_err
;
5530 rc
= SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
5531 goto pager_acquire_err
;
5534 pPg
= *ppPage
= sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager
->pPCache
, pgno
, pBase
);
5535 assert( pPg
==(*ppPage
) );
5536 assert( pPg
->pgno
==pgno
);
5537 assert( pPg
->pPager
==pPager
|| pPg
->pPager
==0 );
5539 noContent
= (flags
& PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT
)!=0;
5540 if( pPg
->pPager
&& !noContent
){
5541 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5542 ** the page. Return without further ado. */
5543 assert( pgno
!=PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager
) );
5544 pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_HIT
]++;
5548 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5549 ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5551 ** (*) obsolete. Was: maximum page number is 2^31
5552 ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5554 if( pgno
==PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager
) ){
5555 rc
= SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT
;
5556 goto pager_acquire_err
;
5559 pPg
->pPager
= pPager
;
5561 assert( !isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || !MEMDB
);
5562 if( !isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pPager
->dbSize
<pgno
|| noContent
){
5563 if( pgno
>pPager
->mxPgno
){
5565 if( pgno
<=pPager
->dbSize
){
5566 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg
);
5569 goto pager_acquire_err
;
5572 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5573 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5574 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure
5575 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5576 ** a bit in a bit vector.
5578 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5579 if( pgno
<=pPager
->dbOrigSize
){
5580 TESTONLY( rc
= ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager
->pInJournal
, pgno
);
5581 testcase( rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
5583 TESTONLY( rc
= ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager
, pgno
);
5584 testcase( rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
5585 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5587 memset(pPg
->pData
, 0, pPager
->pageSize
);
5588 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager
, pgno
));
5590 assert( pPg
->pPager
==pPager
);
5591 pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_MISS
]++;
5592 rc
= readDbPage(pPg
);
5593 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5594 goto pager_acquire_err
;
5597 pager_set_pagehash(pPg
);
5602 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
5604 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg
);
5606 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager
);
5611 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5612 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5613 static int getPageMMap(
5614 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager open on the database file */
5615 Pgno pgno
, /* Page number to fetch */
5616 DbPage
**ppPage
, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5617 int flags
/* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5621 u32 iFrame
= 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5623 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5624 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5625 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5626 ** temporary or in-memory database. */
5627 const int bMmapOk
= (pgno
>1
5628 && (pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
|| (flags
& PAGER_GET_READONLY
))
5631 assert( USEFETCH(pPager
) );
5633 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5634 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5635 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5636 ** common case where pgno is large. */
5637 if( pgno
<=1 && pgno
==0 ){
5638 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT
;
5640 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_READER
);
5641 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
5642 assert( pPager
->hasHeldSharedLock
==1 );
5643 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
5645 if( bMmapOk
&& pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
5646 rc
= sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager
->pWal
, pgno
, &iFrame
);
5647 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5652 if( bMmapOk
&& iFrame
==0 ){
5654 rc
= sqlite3OsFetch(pPager
->fd
,
5655 (i64
)(pgno
-1) * pPager
->pageSize
, pPager
->pageSize
, &pData
5657 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pData
){
5658 if( pPager
->eState
>PAGER_READER
|| pPager
->tempFile
){
5659 pPg
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, pgno
);
5662 rc
= pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager
, pgno
, pData
, &pPg
);
5664 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager
->fd
, (i64
)(pgno
-1)*pPager
->pageSize
, pData
);
5667 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
5672 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5677 return getPageNormal(pPager
, pgno
, ppPage
, flags
);
5679 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5681 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5682 static int getPageError(
5683 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager open on the database file */
5684 Pgno pgno
, /* Page number to fetch */
5685 DbPage
**ppPage
, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5686 int flags
/* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5688 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno
);
5689 UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags
);
5690 assert( pPager
->errCode
!=SQLITE_OK
);
5692 return pPager
->errCode
;
5696 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5698 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5699 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager open on the database file */
5700 Pgno pgno
, /* Page number to fetch */
5701 DbPage
**ppPage
, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5702 int flags
/* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5704 #if 0 /* Trace page fetch by setting to 1 */
5706 printf("PAGE %u\n", pgno
);
5708 rc
= pPager
->xGet(pPager
, pgno
, ppPage
, flags
);
5710 printf("PAGE %u failed with 0x%02x\n", pgno
, rc
);
5715 /* Normal, high-speed version of sqlite3PagerGet() */
5716 return pPager
->xGet(pPager
, pgno
, ppPage
, flags
);
5721 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do
5722 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page,
5723 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5725 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine
5726 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5727 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine
5728 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5729 ** has ever happened.
5731 DbPage
*sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno pgno
){
5732 sqlite3_pcache_page
*pPage
;
5733 assert( pPager
!=0 );
5735 assert( pPager
->pPCache
!=0 );
5736 pPage
= sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager
->pPCache
, pgno
, 0);
5737 assert( pPage
==0 || pPager
->hasHeldSharedLock
);
5738 if( pPage
==0 ) return 0;
5739 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager
->pPCache
, pgno
, pPage
);
5743 ** Release a page reference.
5745 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be used
5746 ** if we know that the page being released is not the last reference to page1.
5747 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
5748 ** two routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
5749 ** The assert() at tag-20230419-2 proves that this constraint is always
5752 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1. This latter routine
5753 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
5754 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
5756 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage
*pPg
){
5757 TESTONLY( Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
; )
5759 if( pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_MMAP
){
5760 assert( pPg
->pgno
!=1 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5761 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg
);
5763 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg
);
5765 /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
5766 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)>0 ); /* tag-20230419-2 */
5768 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage
*pPg
){
5769 if( pPg
) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg
);
5771 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage
*pPg
){
5774 assert( pPg
->pgno
==1 );
5775 assert( (pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_MMAP
)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5776 pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
5777 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg
);
5778 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager
);
5782 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5783 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5784 ** file when this routine is called.
5786 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5787 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5788 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5789 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5790 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5792 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5793 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5794 ** already open file.
5796 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5797 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5799 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5800 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5801 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5803 static int pager_open_journal(Pager
*pPager
){
5804 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
5805 sqlite3_vfs
* const pVfs
= pPager
->pVfs
; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5807 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
5808 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
5809 assert( pPager
->pInJournal
==0 );
5811 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on
5812 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5813 ** an error state. */
5814 if( NEVER(pPager
->errCode
) ) return pPager
->errCode
;
5816 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) && pPager
->journalMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
){
5817 pPager
->pInJournal
= sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager
->dbSize
);
5818 if( pPager
->pInJournal
==0 ){
5819 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
5822 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5823 if( !isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ){
5824 if( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
){
5825 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager
->jfd
);
5827 int flags
= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
;
5830 if( pPager
->tempFile
){
5831 flags
|= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
);
5832 flags
|= SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
;
5833 nSpill
= sqlite3Config
.nStmtSpill
;
5835 flags
|= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
;
5836 nSpill
= jrnlBufferSize(pPager
);
5839 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5840 ** it was originally opened. */
5841 rc
= databaseIsUnmoved(pPager
);
5842 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5843 rc
= sqlite3JournalOpen (
5844 pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, pPager
->jfd
, flags
, nSpill
5848 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
5852 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5853 ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5855 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5856 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5858 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
5859 pPager
->setSuper
= 0;
5860 pPager
->journalHdr
= 0;
5861 rc
= writeJournalHdr(pPager
);
5865 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5866 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager
->pInJournal
);
5867 pPager
->pInJournal
= 0;
5868 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
5870 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
5871 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
;
5878 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5879 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5881 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5882 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5883 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5884 ** functions need be called.
5886 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5887 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5888 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5889 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5890 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5891 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5892 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5894 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager
*pPager
, int exFlag
, int subjInMemory
){
5897 if( pPager
->errCode
) return pPager
->errCode
;
5898 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_READER
&& pPager
->eState
<PAGER_ERROR
);
5899 pPager
->subjInMemory
= (u8
)subjInMemory
;
5901 if( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
){
5902 assert( pPager
->pInJournal
==0 );
5904 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
5905 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5906 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5908 if( pPager
->exclusiveMode
&& sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager
->pWal
, -1) ){
5909 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
5910 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5913 (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager
->pWal
, 1);
5916 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5917 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5918 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5919 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5921 rc
= sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager
->pWal
);
5923 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5924 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5925 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5926 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5928 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, RESERVED_LOCK
);
5929 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& exFlag
){
5930 rc
= pager_wait_on_lock(pPager
, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
5934 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5935 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5937 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5938 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5939 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5940 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5941 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5944 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
;
5945 pPager
->dbHintSize
= pPager
->dbSize
;
5946 pPager
->dbFileSize
= pPager
->dbSize
;
5947 pPager
->dbOrigSize
= pPager
->dbSize
;
5948 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
5951 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
);
5952 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
5953 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
5956 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
)));
5961 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5963 static SQLITE_NOINLINE
int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr
*pPg
){
5964 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
5968 i64 iOff
= pPager
->journalOff
;
5970 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5971 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies
5972 ** that we do not. */
5973 assert( pPg
->pgno
!=PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager
) );
5975 assert( pPager
->journalHdr
<=pPager
->journalOff
);
5976 pData2
= pPg
->pData
;
5977 cksum
= pager_cksum(pPager
, (u8
*)pData2
);
5979 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5980 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5981 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5982 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5983 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5984 ** then corruption may follow.
5986 pPg
->flags
|= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
;
5988 rc
= write32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iOff
, pPg
->pgno
);
5989 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
5990 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->jfd
, pData2
, pPager
->pageSize
, iOff
+4);
5991 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
5992 rc
= write32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iOff
+pPager
->pageSize
+4, cksum
);
5993 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
5995 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager
, pPg
->pgno
,
5996 pPager
->journalOff
, pPager
->pageSize
));
5997 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count
);
5998 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5999 PAGERID(pPager
), pPg
->pgno
,
6000 ((pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg
)));
6002 pPager
->journalOff
+= 8 + pPager
->pageSize
;
6004 assert( pPager
->pInJournal
!=0 );
6005 rc
= sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager
->pInJournal
, pPg
->pgno
);
6006 testcase( rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
6007 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
|| rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
6008 rc
|= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager
, pPg
->pgno
);
6009 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
|| rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
6014 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
6015 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
6016 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
6017 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
6018 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
6020 static int pager_write(PgHdr
*pPg
){
6021 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
6024 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
6025 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
6026 ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
6028 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6029 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6030 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6032 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6033 assert( pPager
->errCode
==0 );
6034 assert( pPager
->readOnly
==0 );
6037 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
6038 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
6039 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
6041 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
6042 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
6043 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
6044 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
6046 if( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
){
6047 rc
= pager_open_journal(pPager
);
6048 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
6050 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
);
6051 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6053 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
6054 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg
);
6056 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
6057 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
6058 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
6060 assert( (pPager
->pInJournal
!=0) == isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
6061 if( pPager
->pInJournal
!=0
6062 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager
->pInJournal
, pPg
->pgno
)==0
6064 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager
)==0 );
6065 if( pPg
->pgno
<=pPager
->dbOrigSize
){
6066 rc
= pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg
);
6067 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
6071 if( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
){
6072 pPg
->flags
|= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
;
6074 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
6075 PAGERID(pPager
), pPg
->pgno
,
6076 ((pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)?1:0)));
6080 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
6081 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now,
6082 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
6083 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
6085 pPg
->flags
|= PGHDR_WRITEABLE
;
6087 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
6088 ** then write the page into the statement journal.
6090 if( pPager
->nSavepoint
>0 ){
6091 rc
= subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg
);
6094 /* Update the database size and return. */
6095 if( pPager
->dbSize
<pPg
->pgno
){
6096 pPager
->dbSize
= pPg
->pgno
;
6102 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
6103 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
6104 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of
6105 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
6108 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
6109 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the
6110 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
6112 static SQLITE_NOINLINE
int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr
*pPg
){
6113 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
6114 Pgno nPageCount
; /* Total number of pages in database file */
6115 Pgno pg1
; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
6116 int nPage
= 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
6117 int ii
; /* Loop counter */
6118 int needSync
= 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
6119 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
; /* The pager that owns pPg */
6120 Pgno nPagePerSector
= (pPager
->sectorSize
/pPager
->pageSize
);
6122 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
6123 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
6127 assert( (pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC
)==0 );
6128 pPager
->doNotSpill
|= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC
;
6130 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
6131 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
6132 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
6134 pg1
= ((pPg
->pgno
-1) & ~(nPagePerSector
-1)) + 1;
6136 nPageCount
= pPager
->dbSize
;
6137 if( pPg
->pgno
>nPageCount
){
6138 nPage
= (pPg
->pgno
- pg1
)+1;
6139 }else if( (pg1
+nPagePerSector
-1)>nPageCount
){
6140 nPage
= nPageCount
+1-pg1
;
6142 nPage
= nPagePerSector
;
6145 assert(pg1
<=pPg
->pgno
);
6146 assert((pg1
+nPage
)>pPg
->pgno
);
6148 for(ii
=0; ii
<nPage
&& rc
==SQLITE_OK
; ii
++){
6151 if( pg
==pPg
->pgno
|| !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager
->pInJournal
, pg
) ){
6152 if( pg
!=PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager
) ){
6153 rc
= sqlite3PagerGet(pPager
, pg
, &pPage
, 0);
6154 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6155 rc
= pager_write(pPage
);
6156 if( pPage
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
){
6159 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage
);
6162 }else if( (pPage
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, pg
))!=0 ){
6163 if( pPage
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
){
6166 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage
);
6170 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6171 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6172 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6173 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6174 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6176 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& needSync
){
6178 for(ii
=0; ii
<nPage
; ii
++){
6179 PgHdr
*pPage
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, pg1
+ii
);
6181 pPage
->flags
|= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
;
6182 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage
);
6187 assert( (pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC
)!=0 );
6188 pPager
->doNotSpill
&= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC
;
6193 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6194 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6195 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6196 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6198 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6199 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6200 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6201 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6203 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6204 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6206 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr
*pPg
){
6207 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
6208 assert( (pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_MMAP
)==0 );
6209 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
6210 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6211 if( (pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_WRITEABLE
)!=0 && pPager
->dbSize
>=pPg
->pgno
){
6212 if( pPager
->nSavepoint
) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg
);
6214 }else if( pPager
->errCode
){
6215 return pPager
->errCode
;
6216 }else if( pPager
->sectorSize
> (u32
)pPager
->pageSize
){
6217 assert( pPager
->tempFile
==0 );
6218 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg
);
6220 return pager_write(pPg
);
6225 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6226 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6227 ** to change the content of the page.
6230 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage
*pPg
){
6231 return pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_WRITEABLE
;
6236 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6237 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6238 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when
6239 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6240 ** content no longer matters.
6242 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6243 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6244 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6246 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6247 ** DELETE operations.
6249 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6250 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6251 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6252 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6253 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6255 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr
*pPg
){
6256 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
6257 if( !pPager
->tempFile
&& (pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_DIRTY
) && pPager
->nSavepoint
==0 ){
6258 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg
->pgno
, PAGERID(pPager
)));
6259 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager
, pPg
->pgno
))
6260 pPg
->flags
|= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE
;
6261 pPg
->flags
&= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE
;
6262 testcase( pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
);
6263 pager_set_pagehash(pPg
);
6268 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6269 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6270 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at
6271 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6273 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6274 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6275 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6276 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6278 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6279 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6280 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6281 ** transaction is committed.
6283 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6284 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6285 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6286 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6287 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6289 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager
*pPager
, int isDirectMode
){
6292 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6293 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6295 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6297 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6298 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6299 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6300 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6302 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6303 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6304 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6305 ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6307 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6308 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6309 assert( isDirectMode
==0 );
6310 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode
);
6312 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6315 if( !pPager
->changeCountDone
&& pPager
->dbSize
>0 ){
6316 PgHdr
*pPgHdr
; /* Reference to page 1 */
6318 assert( !pPager
->tempFile
&& isOpen(pPager
->fd
) );
6320 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6321 rc
= sqlite3PagerGet(pPager
, 1, &pPgHdr
, 0);
6322 assert( pPgHdr
==0 || rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
6324 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6325 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in
6326 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6327 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6329 if( !DIRECT_MODE
&& ALWAYS(rc
==SQLITE_OK
) ){
6330 rc
= sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr
);
6333 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6334 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6335 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr
);
6337 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6340 assert( pPager
->dbFileSize
>0 );
6341 zBuf
= pPgHdr
->pData
;
6342 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6343 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->fd
, zBuf
, pPager
->pageSize
, 0);
6344 pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_WRITE
]++;
6346 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6347 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6348 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6349 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */
6350 const void *pCopy
= (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf
)[24];
6351 memcpy(&pPager
->dbFileVers
, pCopy
, sizeof(pPager
->dbFileVers
));
6352 pPager
->changeCountDone
= 1;
6355 pPager
->changeCountDone
= 1;
6359 /* Release the page reference. */
6360 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr
);
6366 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6367 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6369 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6370 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6372 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager
*pPager
, const char *zSuper
){
6374 void *pArg
= (void*)zSuper
;
6375 rc
= sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC
, pArg
);
6376 if( rc
==SQLITE_NOTFOUND
) rc
= SQLITE_OK
;
6377 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& !pPager
->noSync
){
6379 rc
= sqlite3OsSync(pPager
->fd
, pPager
->syncFlags
);
6385 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6386 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6387 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6388 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6390 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6391 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6392 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6395 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager
*pPager
){
6396 int rc
= pPager
->errCode
;
6397 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6398 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6399 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6400 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6401 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6403 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6404 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
6405 rc
= pager_wait_on_lock(pPager
, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
6412 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zSuper points to the name
6413 ** of a super-journal file that should be written into the individual
6414 ** journal file. zSuper may be NULL, which is interpreted as no
6415 ** super-journal (a single database transaction).
6417 ** This routine ensures that:
6419 ** * The database file change-counter is updated,
6420 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6421 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6422 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6423 ** * the database file synced.
6425 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6426 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6427 ** delete the super-journal file if specified).
6429 ** Note that if zSuper==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6430 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6432 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6433 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6434 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6435 ** journal file in this case.
6437 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6438 Pager
*pPager
, /* Pager object */
6439 const char *zSuper
, /* If not NULL, the super-journal name */
6440 int noSync
/* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6442 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
6444 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6445 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6446 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6447 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
6449 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6451 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6452 if( NEVER(pPager
->errCode
) ) return pPager
->errCode
;
6454 /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6455 if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR
;
6457 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zSuper=%s nSize=%d\n",
6458 pPager
->zFilename
, zSuper
, pPager
->dbSize
));
6460 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6461 if( pPager
->eState
<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
) return SQLITE_OK
;
6463 assert( MEMDB
==0 || pPager
->tempFile
);
6464 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pPager
->tempFile
);
6465 if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager
, 1) ){
6466 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6467 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any
6468 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */
6469 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager
->pBackup
);
6472 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
6473 PgHdr
*pPageOne
= 0;
6474 pList
= sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager
->pPCache
);
6476 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6477 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6478 rc
= sqlite3PagerGet(pPager
, 1, &pPageOne
, 0);
6482 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
6483 if( ALWAYS(pList
) ){
6484 rc
= pagerWalFrames(pPager
, pList
, pPager
->dbSize
, 1);
6486 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne
);
6487 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6488 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager
->pPCache
);
6491 /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
6492 ** should be used. No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
6495 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6496 sqlite3_file
*fd
= pPager
->fd
;
6497 int bBatch
= zSuper
==0 /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
6498 && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd
) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC
)
6500 && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->jfd
);
6505 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6506 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6507 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6508 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6509 ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6511 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6512 ** blocks of size page-size, and
6513 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6514 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6516 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6517 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6518 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6519 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6520 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6521 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6524 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6525 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6526 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6527 ** created for this transaction.
6531 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
)
6532 || pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6533 || pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6535 if( !zSuper
&& isOpen(pPager
->jfd
)
6536 && pPager
->journalOff
==jrnlBufferSize(pPager
)
6537 && pPager
->dbSize
>=pPager
->dbOrigSize
6538 && (!(pPg
= sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager
->pPCache
)) || 0==pPg
->pDirty
)
6540 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6541 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6542 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6543 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6544 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6546 rc
= pager_incr_changecounter(pPager
, 1);
6548 rc
= sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager
->jfd
);
6549 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6550 rc
= pager_incr_changecounter(pPager
, 0);
6554 #else /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6555 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6557 rc
= sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager
->jfd
);
6558 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6559 assert( bBatch
==0 );
6562 rc
= pager_incr_changecounter(pPager
, 0);
6563 #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6564 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6566 /* Write the super-journal name into the journal file. If a
6567 ** super-journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6568 ** or if zSuper is NULL (no super-journal), then this call is a no-op.
6570 rc
= writeSuperJournal(pPager
, zSuper
);
6571 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6573 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6574 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6575 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6577 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6578 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6579 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6580 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6581 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6582 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6584 rc
= syncJournal(pPager
, 0);
6585 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6587 pList
= sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager
->pPCache
);
6588 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6590 rc
= sqlite3OsFileControl(fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE
, 0);
6591 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6592 rc
= pager_write_pagelist(pPager
, pList
);
6593 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->dbSize
>pPager
->dbFileSize
){
6594 char *pTmp
= pPager
->pTmpSpace
;
6595 int szPage
= (int)pPager
->pageSize
;
6596 memset(pTmp
, 0, szPage
);
6597 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->fd
, pTmp
, szPage
,
6598 ((i64
)pPager
->dbSize
*pPager
->pageSize
)-szPage
);
6600 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6601 rc
= sqlite3OsFileControl(fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE
, 0);
6603 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
6604 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE
, 0);
6608 if( (rc
&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
&& rc
!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM
){
6609 rc
= sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager
->jfd
);
6610 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
6611 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
6612 goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6616 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
6619 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6622 rc
= pager_write_pagelist(pPager
, pList
);
6624 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
6625 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED
);
6626 goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6628 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager
->pPCache
);
6630 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6631 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6632 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6633 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6634 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6635 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */
6636 if( pPager
->dbSize
>pPager
->dbFileSize
){
6637 Pgno nNew
= pPager
->dbSize
- (pPager
->dbSize
==PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager
));
6638 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
);
6639 rc
= pager_truncate(pPager
, nNew
);
6640 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6643 /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6645 rc
= sqlite3PagerSync(pPager
, zSuper
);
6647 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager
))
6651 commit_phase_one_exit
:
6652 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& !pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
6653 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
;
6660 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6661 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6662 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6663 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6664 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6666 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6667 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6668 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6669 ** irrevocably committed.
6671 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6672 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6674 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager
*pPager
){
6675 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
6677 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6678 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6679 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6680 if( NEVER(pPager
->errCode
) ) return pPager
->errCode
;
6681 pPager
->iDataVersion
++;
6683 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6684 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6685 || (pagerUseWal(pPager
) && pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
)
6687 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6689 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6690 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6691 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6693 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6694 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6695 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6696 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6697 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6698 ** to drop any locks either.
6700 if( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6701 && pPager
->exclusiveMode
6702 && pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6704 assert( pPager
->journalOff
==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) || !pPager
->journalOff
);
6705 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_READER
;
6709 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
)));
6710 rc
= pager_end_transaction(pPager
, pPager
->setSuper
, 1);
6711 return pager_error(pPager
, rc
);
6715 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6716 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6717 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6718 ** state if an error occurs.
6720 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6721 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6723 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6725 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6726 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6729 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6730 ** rollback at any point in the future.
6732 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6733 ** rollback is successful.
6735 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6736 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6737 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6738 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6740 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager
*pPager
){
6741 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
6742 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
)));
6744 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6745 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6746 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6748 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6749 if( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
) return pPager
->errCode
;
6750 if( pPager
->eState
<=PAGER_READER
) return SQLITE_OK
;
6752 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
6754 rc
= sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager
, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
, -1);
6755 rc2
= pager_end_transaction(pPager
, pPager
->setSuper
, 0);
6756 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
) rc
= rc2
;
6757 }else if( !isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
){
6758 int eState
= pPager
->eState
;
6759 rc
= pager_end_transaction(pPager
, 0, 0);
6760 if( !MEMDB
&& eState
>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
){
6761 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6762 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6763 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6765 pPager
->errCode
= SQLITE_ABORT
;
6766 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_ERROR
;
6767 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
6771 rc
= pager_playback(pPager
, 0);
6774 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
|| rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
6775 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
|| rc
==SQLITE_FULL
|| rc
==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6776 || rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
|| (rc
&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6777 || rc
==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6780 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6781 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6783 return pager_error(pPager
, rc
);
6787 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE
6788 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6790 u8
sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager
*pPager
){
6791 return pPager
->readOnly
;
6796 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6798 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager
*pPager
){
6799 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
);
6804 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6805 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6807 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager
*pPager
){
6808 int perPageSize
= pPager
->pageSize
+ pPager
->nExtra
6809 + (int)(sizeof(PgHdr
) + 5*sizeof(void*));
6810 return perPageSize
*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager
->pPCache
)
6811 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager
)
6816 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6818 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage
*pPage
){
6819 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage
);
6824 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6826 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager
*pPager
){
6828 a
[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
);
6829 a
[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager
->pPCache
);
6830 a
[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager
->pPCache
);
6831 a
[3] = pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
? -1 : (int) pPager
->dbSize
;
6832 a
[4] = pPager
->eState
;
6833 a
[5] = pPager
->errCode
;
6834 a
[6] = (int)pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_HIT
] & 0x7fffffff;
6835 a
[7] = (int)pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_MISS
] & 0x7fffffff;
6836 a
[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6837 a
[9] = pPager
->nRead
;
6838 a
[10] = (int)pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_WRITE
] & 0x7fffffff;
6844 ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE,
6845 ** or _WRITE+1. The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation
6846 ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL. The _SPILL case is not contiguous because
6847 ** it was added later.
6849 ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6850 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6851 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6854 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager
*pPager
, int eStat
, int reset
, u64
*pnVal
){
6856 assert( eStat
==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6857 || eStat
==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6858 || eStat
==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6859 || eStat
==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
+1
6862 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
);
6863 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
);
6864 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT
==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS
==1
6865 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE
==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL
==3 );
6867 eStat
-= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
;
6868 *pnVal
+= pPager
->aStat
[eStat
];
6870 pPager
->aStat
[eStat
] = 0;
6875 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6877 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager
*pPager
){
6878 return pPager
->tempFile
|| pPager
->memVfs
;
6882 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6883 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6884 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6885 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6887 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6888 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6889 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6891 static SQLITE_NOINLINE
int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager
*pPager
, int nSavepoint
){
6892 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
6893 int nCurrent
= pPager
->nSavepoint
; /* Current number of savepoints */
6894 int ii
; /* Iterator variable */
6895 PagerSavepoint
*aNew
; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6897 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
6898 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6899 assert( nSavepoint
>nCurrent
&& pPager
->useJournal
);
6901 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6902 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6903 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6905 aNew
= (PagerSavepoint
*)sqlite3Realloc(
6906 pPager
->aSavepoint
, sizeof(PagerSavepoint
)*nSavepoint
6909 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
6911 memset(&aNew
[nCurrent
], 0, (nSavepoint
-nCurrent
) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint
));
6912 pPager
->aSavepoint
= aNew
;
6914 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6915 for(ii
=nCurrent
; ii
<nSavepoint
; ii
++){
6916 aNew
[ii
].nOrig
= pPager
->dbSize
;
6917 if( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) && pPager
->journalOff
>0 ){
6918 aNew
[ii
].iOffset
= pPager
->journalOff
;
6920 aNew
[ii
].iOffset
= JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
);
6922 aNew
[ii
].iSubRec
= pPager
->nSubRec
;
6923 aNew
[ii
].pInSavepoint
= sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager
->dbSize
);
6924 aNew
[ii
].bTruncateOnRelease
= 1;
6925 if( !aNew
[ii
].pInSavepoint
){
6926 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
6928 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
6929 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager
->pWal
, aNew
[ii
].aWalData
);
6931 pPager
->nSavepoint
= ii
+1;
6933 assert( pPager
->nSavepoint
==nSavepoint
);
6934 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager
);
6937 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager
*pPager
, int nSavepoint
){
6938 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
6939 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6941 if( nSavepoint
>pPager
->nSavepoint
&& pPager
->useJournal
){
6942 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager
, nSavepoint
);
6950 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6951 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6952 ** created savepoint.
6954 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6955 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6956 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6957 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6959 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6960 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6961 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6962 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6963 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6965 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6966 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6967 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6968 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6969 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6971 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6972 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6973 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6975 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6976 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6977 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6979 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager
*pPager
, int op
, int iSavepoint
){
6980 int rc
= pPager
->errCode
;
6982 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6983 if( op
==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE
) rc
= SQLITE_OK
;
6986 assert( op
==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE
|| op
==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
);
6987 assert( iSavepoint
>=0 || op
==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
);
6989 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& iSavepoint
<pPager
->nSavepoint
){
6990 int ii
; /* Iterator variable */
6991 int nNew
; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6993 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6994 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6995 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6997 nNew
= iSavepoint
+ (( op
==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE
) ? 0 : 1);
6998 for(ii
=nNew
; ii
<pPager
->nSavepoint
; ii
++){
6999 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager
->aSavepoint
[ii
].pInSavepoint
);
7001 pPager
->nSavepoint
= nNew
;
7003 /* Truncate the sub-journal so that it only includes the parts
7004 ** that are still in use. */
7005 if( op
==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE
){
7006 PagerSavepoint
*pRel
= &pPager
->aSavepoint
[nNew
];
7007 if( pRel
->bTruncateOnRelease
&& isOpen(pPager
->sjfd
) ){
7008 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
7009 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->sjfd
) ){
7010 i64 sz
= (pPager
->pageSize
+4)*(i64
)pRel
->iSubRec
;
7011 rc
= sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager
->sjfd
, sz
);
7012 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
7014 pPager
->nSubRec
= pRel
->iSubRec
;
7017 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
7018 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
7019 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
7020 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
7022 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) || isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ){
7023 PagerSavepoint
*pSavepoint
= (nNew
==0)?0:&pPager
->aSavepoint
[nNew
-1];
7024 rc
= pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager
, pSavepoint
);
7025 assert(rc
!=SQLITE_DONE
);
7028 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7029 /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
7030 ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
7031 ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
7032 ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */
7034 pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7035 && pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7037 pPager
->errCode
= SQLITE_ABORT
;
7038 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_ERROR
;
7039 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
7048 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
7050 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
7051 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
7052 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
7053 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
7054 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
7055 ** participate in shared-cache.
7057 ** The return value to this routine is always safe to use with
7058 ** sqlite3_uri_parameter() and sqlite3_filename_database() and friends.
7060 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager
*pPager
, int nullIfMemDb
){
7061 static const char zFake
[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
7062 if( nullIfMemDb
&& (pPager
->memDb
|| sqlite3IsMemdb(pPager
->pVfs
)) ){
7065 return pPager
->zFilename
;
7070 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
7072 sqlite3_vfs
*sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager
*pPager
){
7073 return pPager
->pVfs
;
7077 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
7078 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has
7079 ** not yet been opened.
7081 sqlite3_file
*sqlite3PagerFile(Pager
*pPager
){
7086 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
7087 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
7089 sqlite3_file
*sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager
*pPager
){
7090 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7093 return pPager
->pWal
? sqlite3WalFile(pPager
->pWal
) : pPager
->jfd
;
7098 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
7100 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager
*pPager
){
7101 return pPager
->zJournal
;
7104 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
7106 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
7108 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
7109 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
7110 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already
7111 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
7113 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
7114 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
7115 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
7117 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
7118 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
7119 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
7120 ** transaction is active).
7122 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
7123 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
7124 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
7125 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
7127 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
7128 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
7130 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager
*pPager
, DbPage
*pPg
, Pgno pgno
, int isCommit
){
7131 PgHdr
*pPgOld
; /* The page being overwritten. */
7132 Pgno needSyncPgno
= 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
7133 int rc
; /* Return code */
7134 Pgno origPgno
; /* The original page number */
7136 assert( pPg
->nRef
>0 );
7137 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7138 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
7140 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
7142 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
7143 ** the page we are moving from.
7145 assert( pPager
->tempFile
|| !MEMDB
);
7146 if( pPager
->tempFile
){
7147 rc
= sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg
);
7151 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
7152 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
7153 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
7156 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
7158 ** <Move page X to location Y>
7161 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
7162 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
7163 ** statement were is processed.
7165 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
7166 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
7167 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
7169 if( (pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_DIRTY
)!=0
7170 && SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg
))
7175 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7176 PAGERID(pPager
), pPg
->pgno
, (pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)?1:0, pgno
));
7177 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager
, pPg
->pgno
, pgno
))
7179 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7180 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7182 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7183 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7184 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7186 if( (pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
) && !isCommit
){
7187 needSyncPgno
= pPg
->pgno
;
7188 assert( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
||
7189 pageInJournal(pPager
, pPg
) || pPg
->pgno
>pPager
->dbOrigSize
);
7190 assert( pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_DIRTY
);
7193 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7194 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7195 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7196 ** for the page moved there.
7198 pPg
->flags
&= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
;
7199 pPgOld
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, pgno
);
7200 assert( !pPgOld
|| pPgOld
->nRef
==1 || CORRUPT_DB
);
7202 if( NEVER(pPgOld
->nRef
>1) ){
7203 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld
);
7204 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT
;
7206 pPg
->flags
|= (pPgOld
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
);
7207 if( pPager
->tempFile
){
7208 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7209 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */
7210 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld
, pPager
->dbSize
+1);
7212 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld
);
7216 origPgno
= pPg
->pgno
;
7217 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg
, pgno
);
7218 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg
);
7220 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7221 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld
7222 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7224 if( pPager
->tempFile
&& pPgOld
){
7225 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld
, origPgno
);
7226 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld
);
7230 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7231 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7232 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7233 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7234 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7237 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7238 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7239 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7240 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7241 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7242 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7245 rc
= sqlite3PagerGet(pPager
, needSyncPgno
, &pPgHdr
, 0);
7246 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
7247 if( needSyncPgno
<=pPager
->dbOrigSize
){
7248 assert( pPager
->pTmpSpace
!=0 );
7249 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager
->pInJournal
, needSyncPgno
, pPager
->pTmpSpace
);
7253 pPgHdr
->flags
|= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
;
7254 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr
);
7255 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr
);
7263 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7264 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7265 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7266 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7268 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage
*pPg
, Pgno iNew
, u16 flags
){
7269 assert( pPg
->pgno
!=iNew
);
7271 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg
, iNew
);
7275 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7277 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage
*pPg
){
7278 assert( pPg
->nRef
>0 || pPg
->pPager
->memDb
);
7283 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7284 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7286 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage
*pPg
){
7291 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7292 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7293 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7294 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7296 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7297 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7300 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager
*pPager
, int eMode
){
7301 assert( eMode
==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7302 || eMode
==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7303 || eMode
==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE
);
7304 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
<0 );
7305 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE
>=0 );
7306 assert( pPager
->exclusiveMode
|| 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager
->pWal
) );
7307 if( eMode
>=0 && !pPager
->tempFile
&& !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager
->pWal
) ){
7308 pPager
->exclusiveMode
= (u8
)eMode
;
7310 return (int)pPager
->exclusiveMode
;
7314 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7316 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7317 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7318 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7319 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7320 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7321 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7323 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7324 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7326 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7329 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7331 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7333 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager
*pPager
, int eMode
){
7334 u8 eOld
= pPager
->journalMode
; /* Prior journalmode */
7336 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7337 assert( eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
/* 0 */
7338 || eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
/* 1 */
7339 || eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
/* 2 */
7340 || eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
/* 3 */
7341 || eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
/* 4 */
7342 || eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
/* 5 */ );
7344 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7345 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7348 assert( pPager
->tempFile
==0 || eMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
);
7350 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7351 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7354 assert( eOld
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
|| eOld
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
);
7355 if( eMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
&& eMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
){
7362 /* Change the journal mode. */
7363 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
);
7364 pPager
->journalMode
= (u8
)eMode
;
7366 /* When transitioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7367 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7368 ** delete the journal file.
7370 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
& 5)==1 );
7371 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
& 5)==1 );
7372 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
& 5)==0 );
7373 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
& 5)==4 );
7374 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
& 5)==0 );
7375 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
& 5)==5 );
7377 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pPager
->exclusiveMode
);
7378 if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
&& (eOld
& 5)==1 && (eMode
& 1)==0 ){
7379 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7380 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7381 ** here is an optimization only.
7383 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7384 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7385 ** while it is in use by some other client.
7387 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
7388 if( pPager
->eLock
>=RESERVED_LOCK
){
7389 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager
->pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, 0);
7392 int state
= pPager
->eState
;
7393 assert( state
==PAGER_OPEN
|| state
==PAGER_READER
);
7394 if( state
==PAGER_OPEN
){
7395 rc
= sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager
);
7397 if( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
){
7398 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
7399 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, RESERVED_LOCK
);
7401 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
7402 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager
->pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, 0);
7404 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& state
==PAGER_READER
){
7405 pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
7406 }else if( state
==PAGER_OPEN
){
7407 pager_unlock(pPager
);
7409 assert( state
==pPager
->eState
);
7411 }else if( eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
|| eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
){
7412 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
7416 /* Return the new journal mode */
7417 return (int)pPager
->journalMode
;
7421 ** Return the current journal mode.
7423 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager
*pPager
){
7424 return (int)pPager
->journalMode
;
7428 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7429 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7432 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager
*pPager
){
7433 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
7434 if( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
) return 0;
7435 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) && pPager
->journalOff
>0) ) return 0;
7440 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7442 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7443 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7445 i64
sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager
*pPager
, i64 iLimit
){
7447 pPager
->journalSizeLimit
= iLimit
;
7448 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager
->pWal
, iLimit
);
7450 return pPager
->journalSizeLimit
;
7454 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7455 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7456 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7457 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7459 sqlite3_backup
**sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager
*pPager
){
7460 return &pPager
->pBackup
;
7463 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7465 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7467 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager
*pPager
){
7468 assert( MEMDB
==0 || pPager
->tempFile
);
7469 if( pPager
->tempFile
==0 ) pager_reset(pPager
);
7474 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7476 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7477 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7478 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7480 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7482 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7483 Pager
*pPager
, /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7484 sqlite3
*db
, /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7485 int eMode
, /* Type of checkpoint */
7486 int *pnLog
, /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7487 int *pnCkpt
/* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7490 if( pPager
->pWal
==0 && pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
){
7491 /* This only happens when a database file is zero bytes in size opened and
7492 ** then "PRAGMA journal_mode=WAL" is run and then sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7493 ** is invoked without any intervening transactions. We need to start
7494 ** a transaction to initialize pWal. The PRAGMA table_list statement is
7495 ** used for this since it starts transactions on every database file,
7496 ** including all ATTACHed databases. This seems expensive for a single
7497 ** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() call, but it happens very rarely.
7498 ** https://sqlite.org/forum/forumpost/fd0f19d229156939
7500 sqlite3_exec(db
, "PRAGMA table_list",0,0,0);
7503 rc
= sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager
->pWal
, db
, eMode
,
7504 (eMode
==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
? 0 : pPager
->xBusyHandler
),
7505 pPager
->pBusyHandlerArg
,
7506 pPager
->walSyncFlags
, pPager
->pageSize
, (u8
*)pPager
->pTmpSpace
,
7513 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager
*pPager
){
7514 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager
->pWal
);
7518 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7519 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7521 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager
*pPager
){
7522 const sqlite3_io_methods
*pMethods
= pPager
->fd
->pMethods
;
7523 if( pPager
->noLock
) return 0;
7524 return pPager
->exclusiveMode
|| (pMethods
->iVersion
>=2 && pMethods
->xShmMap
);
7528 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7529 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7531 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager
*pPager
){
7532 int rc
; /* Return code */
7533 u8 eOrigLock
; /* Original lock */
7535 assert( pPager
->eLock
>=SHARED_LOCK
);
7536 eOrigLock
= pPager
->eLock
;
7537 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
7538 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
7539 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7540 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */
7541 pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, eOrigLock
);
7548 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7549 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7550 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7551 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7553 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager
*pPager
){
7556 assert( pPager
->pWal
==0 && pPager
->tempFile
==0 );
7557 assert( pPager
->eLock
==SHARED_LOCK
|| pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
7559 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7560 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7561 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7562 ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7564 if( pPager
->exclusiveMode
){
7565 rc
= pagerExclusiveLock(pPager
);
7568 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7569 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7571 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
7572 rc
= sqlite3WalOpen(pPager
->pVfs
,
7573 pPager
->fd
, pPager
->zWal
, pPager
->exclusiveMode
,
7574 pPager
->journalSizeLimit
, &pPager
->pWal
7577 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager
);
7584 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7587 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7588 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7589 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7590 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7591 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7592 ** not modified in either case.
7594 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7595 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7596 ** without doing anything.
7598 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7599 Pager
*pPager
, /* Pager object */
7600 int *pbOpen
/* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7602 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
7604 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
7605 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
|| pbOpen
);
7606 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
|| !pbOpen
);
7607 assert( pbOpen
==0 || *pbOpen
==0 );
7608 assert( pbOpen
!=0 || (!pPager
->tempFile
&& !pPager
->pWal
) );
7610 if( !pPager
->tempFile
&& !pPager
->pWal
){
7611 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager
) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN
;
7613 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7614 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
7616 rc
= pagerOpenWal(pPager
);
7617 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
7618 pPager
->journalMode
= PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
;
7619 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_OPEN
;
7629 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7630 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7632 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7633 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7634 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7635 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7637 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager
*pPager
, sqlite3
*db
){
7640 assert( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
);
7642 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7643 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7644 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7646 if( !pPager
->pWal
){
7648 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
7649 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
7650 rc
= sqlite3OsAccess(
7651 pPager
->pVfs
, pPager
->zWal
, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
, &logexists
7654 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& logexists
){
7655 rc
= pagerOpenWal(pPager
);
7659 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7660 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7662 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->pWal
){
7663 rc
= pagerExclusiveLock(pPager
);
7664 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
7665 rc
= sqlite3WalClose(pPager
->pWal
, db
, pPager
->walSyncFlags
,
7666 pPager
->pageSize
, (u8
*)pPager
->pTmpSpace
);
7668 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager
);
7669 if( rc
&& !pPager
->exclusiveMode
) pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
7675 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
7677 ** If pager pPager is a wal-mode database not in exclusive locking mode,
7678 ** invoke the sqlite3WalWriteLock() function on the associated Wal object
7679 ** with the same db and bLock parameters as were passed to this function.
7680 ** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
7682 int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager
*pPager
, int bLock
){
7684 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) && pPager
->exclusiveMode
==0 ){
7685 rc
= sqlite3WalWriteLock(pPager
->pWal
, bLock
);
7691 ** Set the database handle used by the wal layer to determine if
7692 ** blocking locks are required.
7694 void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager
*pPager
, sqlite3
*db
){
7695 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
7696 sqlite3WalDb(pPager
->pWal
, db
);
7701 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7703 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7704 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7706 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager
*pPager
, sqlite3_snapshot
**ppSnapshot
){
7707 int rc
= SQLITE_ERROR
;
7709 rc
= sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager
->pWal
, ppSnapshot
);
7715 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7716 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7717 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7719 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(
7721 sqlite3_snapshot
*pSnapshot
7725 sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager
->pWal
, pSnapshot
);
7733 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7734 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7736 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager
*pPager
){
7739 rc
= sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager
->pWal
);
7747 ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database.
7748 ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise,
7749 ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then
7750 ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still
7751 ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned.
7753 ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if
7754 ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error
7755 ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER
7756 ** lock is released before returning.
7758 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager
*pPager
, sqlite3_snapshot
*pSnapshot
){
7761 rc
= sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager
->pWal
, pSnapshot
);
7769 ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to
7770 ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck().
7772 void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager
*pPager
){
7773 assert( pPager
->pWal
);
7774 sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager
->pWal
);
7777 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7778 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7780 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7782 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7783 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7784 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7785 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7786 ** is empty, return 0.
7788 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager
*pPager
){
7789 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_READER
);
7790 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager
->pWal
);
7794 #if defined(SQLITE_USE_SEH) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
7795 int sqlite3PagerWalSystemErrno(Pager
*pPager
){
7796 return sqlite3WalSystemErrno(pPager
->pWal
);
7800 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */